Mahanyasam
Misc
◆
tap any word for its meaning
- verse 1कलश प्रतिष्ठापन मन्त्राःkalaśa pratiṣṭhāpana mantrāḥmeaning
Mantras for the installation and consecration of the ritual water-vessel (kalaśa).
word by wordकलशKalashaPitcherमन्त्रMantraa Mantra, a Vedic Hymn, a Prayer or Song of Praise - verse 2ब्रह्म॑जज्ञा॒न-म्प्र॑थ॒म-म्पु॒रस्ता॒-द्विसी॑म॒त-स्सु॒रुचो॑ वे॒न आ॑वः ।स बु॒ध्निया॑ उप॒मा अ॑स्य वि॒ष्ठा-स्स॒तश्च॒ योनि॒-मस॑तश्च॒ विवः॑ ।brahma̍jajñā̠na-mpra̍tha̠ma-mpu̠rastā̠-dvisī̍ma̠ta-ssu̠ruchō̍ vē̠na ā̍vaḥ ।sa bu̠dhniyā̍ upa̠mā a̍sya vi̠ṣṭhā-ssa̠taścha̠ yōni̠-masa̍taścha̠ viva̍ḥ ।meaning
Brahman-knowledge, the first-born, shone forth from the eastern summit revealed by the divine seer; it stands as the foundation of all — the womb of both being and non-being.
word by wordसःSahHeउपमाUpamaaComparison, Resemblance, Simileअस्यAsyaOf thisअवAvaA prefixसाSaaSheउपमUpamaLike, Similar - verse 3नाके॑ सुप॒र्ण मुप॒य-त्पत॑न्तग्ं हृ॒दा वेन॑न्तो अ॒भ्यच॑क्ष-तत्वा ।हिर॑ण्यपक्षं॒-वँरु॑णस्य दू॒तं-यँ॒मस्य॒ योनौ॑ शकु॒न-म्भु॑र॒ण्युम् ।nākē̍ supa̠rṇa mupa̠ya-tpata̍ntagṃ hṛ̠dā vēna̍ntō a̠bhyacha̍kṣa-tatvā ।hira̍ṇyapakṣa̠ṃ varu̍ṇasya dū̠taṃ ya̠masya̠ yōnau̍ śaku̠na-mbhu̍ra̠ṇyum ।meaning
With their hearts the devotees beheld the golden-winged bird descending from the vault of heaven — Varuṇa's swift messenger, the one who dwells in Yama's realm.
word by wordहृदाHrdaa[I always worship You] in my HeartहृदHrdaThe HeartवारुणVaarunnaVarunaदूतDuutaMessengerयमYamaYama - verse 4आप्या॑यस्व॒ समे॑तु ते वि॒श्वतः॑ सोम॒ वृष्णि॑यम् । भवा॒ वाज॑स्य सङ्ग॒थे ।यो रु॒द्रो अ॒ग्नौ यो अ॒फ्सु य ओष॑धीषु॒ यो रु॒द्रो विश्वा॒भुव॑ना-ऽऽवि॒वेश॒ तस्मै॑ रु॒द्राय॒ नमो॑ अस्तु । 1 (अप उपस्पृश्य)इ॒दं-विँष्णु॒ र्विच॑क्रमे त्रे॒धा निद॑धे प॒दम् । समू॑ढमस्य पाग्ं सु॒रे ।इन्द्रं॒-विँश्वा॑ अवीवृधन्-थ्समु॒द्रव्य॑चस॒-ङ्गिरः॑ ।र॒थीत॑मग्ं रथी॒नां-वाँजा॑ना॒ग्ं॒ सत्प॑ति॒-म्पति᳚म् ।आपो॒ वा इ॒दंग्ं सर्वं॒-विँश्वा॑ भू॒तान्यापः॑ प्रा॒णा वा आपः॑ प॒शव॒ आपो-ऽन्न॒मापो-ऽमृ॑त॒माप॑-स्स॒म्राडापो॑ वि॒राडाप॑-स्स्व॒राडाप॒-श्छन्दा॒ग्॒श्यापो॒ ज्योती॒ग्॒ष्यापो॒ यजू॒ग्॒ष्याप॑-स्स॒त्यमाप॒-स्सर्वा॑ दे॒वता॒ आपो॒ भूर्भुव॒स्सुव॒राप॒ ओम् । 2अ॒पः प्रण॑यति । श्र॒द्धा वा आपः॑ । श्र॒द्धामे॒वारभ्य॑ प्र॒णीय॒ प्रच॑रति ।अ॒पः प्रण॑यति ।य॒ज्ञो वा आपः॑ । य॒ज्ञमे॒वारभ्य॑ प्र॒णीय॒ प्रच॑रति । अ॒पः प्रण॑यति ।वज्रो॒ वा आपः॑ । वज्र॑मे॒व भ्रातृ॑व्येभ्यः प्र॒हृत्य॑ प्र॒णीय॒ प्रच॑रति ।अ॒पः प्रण॑यति ।आपो॒ वै र॑क्षो॒घ्नीः । रक्ष॑सा॒मप॑हत्यै । अ॒पः प्रण॑यति ।आपो॒ वै दे॒वाना᳚-म्प्रि॒य-न्धाम॑ । दे॒वाना॑मे॒व प्रि॒य-न्धाम॑ प्र॒णीय॒ प्रच॑रति । अ॒पः प्रण॑यति ।आपो॒ वै सर्वा॑ दे॒वताः᳚ । दे॒वता॑ ए॒वारभ्य॑ प्र॒णीय॒ प्रच॑रति ।अ॒पः प्रण॑यति ।आपो॒ वै शा॒न्ताः । शा॒न्ताभि॑रे॒वास्य॒ शुचग्ं॑ शमयति । दे॒वो वः॑सवि॒तो-त्पु॑ना॒त्व-च्छि॑द्रेण प॒वित्रे॑ण॒ वसो॒स्सूर्य॑स्य र॒श्मिभिः॑ ॥ 3āpyā̍yasva̠ samē̍tu tē vi̠śvata̍-ssōma̠ vṛṣṇi̍yam । bhavā̠ vāja̍sya saṅga̠thē ।yō ru̠drō a̠gnau yō a̠phsu ya ōṣa̍dhīṣu̠ yō ru̠drō viśvā̠bhuva̍nā-''vi̠vēśa̠ tasmai̍ ru̠drāya̠ namō̍ astu । 1 (apa upaspṛśya)i̠daṃ viṣṇu̠ rvicha̍kramē trē̠dhā nida̍dhē pa̠dam । samū̍ḍhamasya pāgṃ su̠rē ।indra̠ṃ viśvā̍ avīvṛdhan-thsamu̠dravya̍chasa̠-ṅgira̍ḥ ।ra̠thīta̍magṃ rathī̠nāṃ vājā̍nā̠gṃ̠ satpa̍ti̠-mpati̎m ।āpō̠ vā i̠daṃgṃ sarva̠ṃ viśvā̍ bhū̠tānyāpa̍ḥ prā̠ṇā vā āpa̍ḥ pa̠śava̠ āpō-'nna̠māpō-'mṛ̍ta̠māpa̍-ssa̠mrāḍāpō̍ vi̠rāḍāpa̍-ssva̠rāḍāpa̠-śChandā̠g̠śyāpō̠ jyōtī̠g̠ṣyāpō̠ yajū̠g̠ṣyāpa̍-ssa̠tyamāpa̠-ssarvā̍ dē̠vatā̠ āpō̠ bhūrbhuva̠ssuva̠rāpa̠ ōm । 2a̠paḥ praṇa̍yati । śra̠ddhā vā āpa̍ḥ । śra̠ddhāmē̠vārabhya̍ pra̠ṇīya̠ pracha̍rati ।a̠paḥ praṇa̍yati ।ya̠jñō vā āpa̍ḥ । ya̠jñamē̠vārabhya̍ pra̠ṇīya̠ pracha̍rati । a̠paḥ praṇa̍yati ।vajrō̠ vā āpa̍ḥ । vajra̍mē̠va bhrātṛ̍vyēbhyaḥ pra̠hṛtya̍ pra̠ṇīya̠ pracha̍rati ।a̠paḥ praṇa̍yati ।āpō̠ vai ra̍kṣō̠ghnīḥ । rakṣa̍sā̠mapa̍hatyai । a̠paḥ praṇa̍yati ।āpō̠ vai dē̠vānā̎-mpri̠ya-ndhāma̍ । dē̠vānā̍mē̠va pri̠ya-ndhāma̍ pra̠ṇīya̠ pracha̍rati । a̠paḥ praṇa̍yati ।āpō̠ vai sarvā̍ dē̠vatā̎ḥ । dē̠vatā̍ ē̠vārabhya̍ pra̠ṇīya̠ pracha̍rati ।a̠paḥ praṇa̍yati ।āpō̠ vai śā̠ntāḥ । śā̠ntābhi̍rē̠vāsya̠ śuchagṃ̍ śamayati । dē̠vō va̍ḥsavi̠tō-tpu̍nā̠tva-chChi̍drēṇa pa̠vitrē̍ṇa̠ vasō̠ssūrya̍sya ra̠śmibhi̍ḥ ॥ 3meaning
O Soma, swell and flow toward us from everywhere with your virile power for the sustaining of sacrifice; Rudra who is in fire, in waters, in plants, who has entered all worlds — to that Rudra let there be homage; water is all this — all beings, life, immortality, all meters, all sacred utterances are water; Om.
word by wordतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeसोमSomaMoonभवाBhavaaMay becomeयोYoHe who [after unpinning the Keelaka makes Her manifest and then recites the Chandi by constantly dwelling on Her Conscious Form] · He Who · He · Which · WhoयःYahHe Whoविश्वाVishvaaWorld · Universeतस्मैTasmaiTo HimनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]अस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it soअपःApahWaterपदम्Padam[He having abandoned all Sinful tendencies, obtains the Supreme] Feet [of the Devi]आपोAapoAll-PervadingवाVaaOr · Just · Nevertheless · As, Like · Or, IndeedदेवताःDevataahGodsश्रद्धाShraddhaaFaithवैVaiA particle of affirmation or emphasis · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly, Certainly · Or · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly · A particle of emphasis and affirmation usually means indeed, truly, certainly · A particle of emphasis · Indeed, Truly, Verily; · Indeed, For emphasis · A particle for emphasis and affirmation · For emphasis, Truly, Certainlyसर्वाःSarvaahAllदेवोDevoDevaभवBhavaComing into Existence, Birth, ProductionवाजVaajaFood, Sacrificial Food, Strength, Vigour, Energe, SpiritयाYaaTo go towardsविश्वVishvaWorld, Univeseरुद्रRudraRudraइदम्IdamThisविष्णुVissnnuSri Vishnu, the All-Pervading Oneइन्द्रIndraChief, Kingसर्वंSarvamAll, Full · [You Indeed are] All · All · All, Everything · Everything · [Peace is pervading] everywhereप्राणPraannaLife, Life forceदेवताDevataaDivinityॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the Parabrahmanश्रद्धShraddhaHaving Faithसर्वSarvaAllसन्तSantaSaintपवित्रPavitraPure - verse 5कूर्चाग्रै र्राक्षसा-न्घोरान् छिन्धि कर्मविघातिनः ।त्वामर्पयामि कुम्भे-ऽस्मिन् साफल्य-ङ्कुरु कर्मणि ।वृक्षराज समुद्भूता-श्शाखायाः पल्लवत्व चः ।युष्मान् कुम्भेष्वर्पयामि सर्वपापापनुत्तये ।नालिकेर-समुद्भूत त्रिनेत्र हर सम्मित ।शिखया दुरितं सर्व-म्पाप-म्पीडा-ञ्च मे नुद ।स॒ हि रत्ना॑नि दा॒शुषे॑ सु॒वाति॑ सवि॒ता भगः॑ ।त-म्भा॒ग-ञ्चि॒त्रमी॑महे । (ऋग्वेद मन्त्रः)kūrchāgrai rrākṣasā-nghōrān Chindhi karmavighātinaḥ ।tvāmarpayāmi kumbhē-'smin sāphalya-ṅkuru karmaṇi ।vṛkṣarāja samudbhūtā-śśākhāyāḥ pallavatva chaḥ ।yuṣmān kumbhēṣvarpayāmi sarvapāpāpanuttayē ।nāḻikēra-samudbhūta trinētra hara sammita ।śikhayā duritaṃ sarva-mpāpa-mpīḍā-ñcha mē nuda ।sa̠ hi ratnā̍ni dā̠śuṣē̍ su̠vāti̍ savi̠tā bhaga̍ḥ ।ta-mbhā̠ga-ñchi̠tramī̍mahē । (ṛgvēda mantraḥ)meaning
With kuśa-grass tips sever the fierce demons that obstruct the sacred work; I place you in this vessel — grant success in this ritual; O king of trees, born from your branch as a shoot, I place you in the vessels for removal of all sins; O triple-eyed one, born of the coconut palm, with your crest ward off all evil and affliction from me; Savitṛ bestows treasures on the giver — that wondrous gift we seek.
word by wordचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsत्रिनेत्रTri-NetraWho has Three EyesहरHaraHara, another name of Sri ShivaदुरितDuritaDifficulty, Danger, SinमेMeTo me, of me · To me · Relates to Me · My · Please bestow Your Auspicious Blessings [on me] · (Please Make) my (undertakings Free of Obstacles) · Mine · of me, to meसःSahHeहिHiFor, Becauseरत्नानिRatnaani[Himavan also gave Her various] GemsसविताSavitaaStimulator, Vivifierमन्त्रMantraa Mantra, a Vedic Hymn, a Prayer or Song of Praiseकर्माणिKarmaanni[He accomplishes Uccatana and all related spiritual] fruits · DeedsसाSaaSheभागBhaagaPart - verse 6तत्वा॑ यामि॒ ब्रह्म॑णा॒ वन्द॑मान॒-स्तदाशा᳚स्ते॒ यज॑मानो ह॒विर्भिः॑ ।अहे॑डमानो वरुणे॒ह बो॒द्ध्युरु॑शग्ंस॒ मा न॒ आयुः॒ प्रमो॑षीः ॥tatvā̍ yāmi̠ brahma̍ṇā̠ vanda̍māna̠-stadāśā̎stē̠ yaja̍mānō ha̠virbhi̍ḥ ।ahē̍ḍamānō varuṇē̠ha bō̠ddhyuru̍śagṃsa̠ mā na̠ āyu̠ḥ pramō̍ṣīḥ ॥meaning
With sacred word I approach you in veneration; the sacrificer with his offerings implores you; O Varuṇa, be aware here without anger — do not take away our life.
word by wordयामिYaami[Will] I goमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, RoarनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurआयुAayuDuration of lifeतत्त्वTattvaTruth, Realityब्राह्मणBraahmannaBrahmin, Wise personsनNaNot · Us, Our · [There are] no [Mantras or Medicine available, even a trace which can accomplish Uccatana etc.] · Us, of us, to us · The letter Nna · Not, Us · Not, No, Nor, Neither - verse 7ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुव॒रोम् । अस्मिन् कुम्भे वरुणमावाहयामि ।वरुणस्य इदमासनम् । वरुणाय नमः । सकलाराधनै-स्स्वर्चितम् ।रत्नसिंहासनं समर्पयामि । पाद्यं समर्पयामि ।अर्घ्यं समर्पयामि । आचमनीयं समर्पयामि ।मधुपर्क्कं समर्पयामि । स्नानं समर्पयामि ।स्नानानन्तरं आचमनीयं समर्पयामि ।वस्त्रोत्तरीयं समर्पयामि । उपवीतं समर्पयामि ।गन्धा-न्धारयामि । अक्षतान् समर्पयामि ।पुष्पाणि समर्पयामि ।1. ॐ-वँरुणाय नमः2. ओ-म्प्रचेतसे नमः3. ॐ सुरूपिणे नमः4. ॐ अपाम्पतये नमः5. ओ-म्मकरवाहनाय नमः6. जलाधिपतये नमः7. ओ-म्पाशहस्ताय नमः8. ओ-न्तीर्थराजाय नमःō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̠rōm । asmin kumbhē varuṇamāvāhayāmi ।varuṇasya idamāsanam । varuṇāya namaḥ । sakalārādhanai-ssvarchitam ।ratnasiṃhāsanaṃ samarpayāmi । pādyaṃ samarpayāmi ।arghyaṃ samarpayāmi । āchamanīyaṃ samarpayāmi ।madhuparkkaṃ samarpayāmi । snānaṃ samarpayāmi ।snānānantaraṃ āchamanīyaṃ samarpayāmi ।vastrōttarīyaṃ samarpayāmi । upavītaṃ samarpayāmi ।gandhā-ndhārayāmi । akṣatān samarpayāmi ।puṣpāṇi samarpayāmi ।1. ōṃ varuṇāya namaḥ2. ō-mprachētasē namaḥ3. ōṃ surūpiṇē namaḥ4. ōṃ apāmpatayē namaḥ5. ō-mmakaravāhanāya namaḥ6. jalādhipatayē namaḥ7. ō-mpāśahastāya namaḥ8. ō-ntīrtharājāya namaḥmeaning
Om — earth, atmosphere, heaven; I invoke Varuṇa into this vessel. Homage to Varuṇa; worshipped with all rites I offer the gem-throne, water for the feet, the gift for the hands, water for sipping, honey-mixture, bath, garment, sacred thread, incense, whole grain, and flowers. [Eight names of Varuṇa.]
word by wordअस्मिन्AsminThis, In thisनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsसमर्पयामिSamarpayaamiI Surrenderपाद्यPaadyaRelating or belonging to the Footस्नानंSnaanamBathing, Washing, AblutionउपवीतUpaviitaSacred ThreadॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the Parabrahmanकुम्भKumbhaPitcherवारुणVaarunnaVarunaनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 8ॐ-वँरुणाय नमः । नानाविध परिमल पत्र पुष्पाणि समर्पयामि ।धूपं आघ्रापयामि । दीप-न्दर्शयामि ।धूपदीपानन्तरं आचमनीयं समर्पयामि ।ओ-म्भूर्भुवस्सुवः । तथ्स॑वि॒तुर्वरे᳚ण्य॒-म्भर्गो॑ दे॒वस्य॑ धीमहि ।धियो॒ योन॑ प्रचो॒दया᳚त् ।देव सवितः प्रसुवः । सत्य-न्त्वर्तेन परिषिञ्चामि ।(रात्रौ - ऋत-न्त्वा सत्येन परिषिञ्चामि) ।ॐ-वँरुणाय नमः । अमृत-म्भवतु । अमृतोपस्तरणमसि ।ओ-म्प्राणाय स्वाहा । ॐ अपानाय स्वाहा । ॐ-व्याँनाय स्वाहा ।ॐ उदानाय स्वाहा । ॐ समानाय स्वाहा । ओ-म्ब्रह्मणे स्वाहा ।कदलीफल-न्निवेदयामि । मद्ध्येमद्ध्ये अमृतपानीयं समर्पयामि । अमृतापिधानमसि । नैवेद्यानन्तरं आचमनीयं समर्पयामि ।ताम्बूलं समर्पयामि । कर्पूर नीराजन-म्प्रदर्शयामि ।नीराजनानन्तरं आचमनीयं समर्पयामि । मन्त्र पुष्पं समर्पयामि ।सुवर्ण पुष्पं समर्पयामि । समस्तोपचारान् समर्पयामि ॥ōṃ varuṇāya namaḥ । nānāvidha parimaḻa patra puṣpāṇi samarpayāmi ।dhūpaṃ āghrāpayāmi । dīpa-ndarśayāmi ।dhūpadīpānantaraṃ āchamanīyaṃ samarpayāmi ।ō-mbhūrbhuvassuvaḥ । tathsa̍vi̠turvarē̎ṇya̠-mbhargō̍ dē̠vasya̍ dhīmahi ।dhiyō̠ yōna̍ prachō̠dayā̎t ।dēva savitaḥ prasuvaḥ । satya-ntvartēna pariṣiñchāmi ।(rātrau - ṛta-ntvā satyēna pariṣiñchāmi) ।ōṃ varuṇāya namaḥ । amṛta-mbhavatu । amṛtōpastaraṇamasi ।ō-mprāṇāya svāhā । ōṃ apānāya svāhā । ōṃ vyānāya svāhā ।ōṃ udānāya svāhā । ōṃ samānāya svāhā । ō-mbrahmaṇē svāhā ।kadaḻīphala-nnivēdayāmi । maddhyēmaddhyē amṛtapānīyaṃ samarpayāmi । amṛtāpidhānamasi । naivēdyānantaraṃ āchamanīyaṃ samarpayāmi ।tāmbūlaṃ samarpayāmi । karpūra nīrājana-mpradarśayāmi ।nīrājanānantaraṃ āchamanīyaṃ samarpayāmi । mantra puṣpaṃ samarpayāmi ।suvarṇa puṣpaṃ samarpayāmi । samastōpachārān samarpayāmi ॥meaning
O Varuṇa, I offer fragrant leaves and flowers of many kinds; I let you inhale the incense and show you the lamp; the Gāyatrī is meditated upon; I sprinkle with truth; O Varuṇa, may there be nectar — you are the support of the immortal; offerings to the five vital breaths; I present banana fruit, nectar-drink, betel, camphor-lamp, mantra-flower, golden flower, and all services.
word by wordनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsपत्रPatraLeafसमर्पयामिSamarpayaamiI SurrenderधूपंDhuupamIncense sticksदेवस्यDevasya[Of] Divine [origin]धीमहिDhiimahiLet us Meditate · [I] MeditateधियोDhiyoUnderstanding, Intelligence, Wisdom · Wisdomप्रचोदयात्Pracodayaat[May that Fire of Durga] awaken [our Consciousness] · May it Inspire · Enlighten, Impel, AwakenदेवDevaDivineस्वाहाSvaahaaWho is the final receiver of the Sacrificial Oblations to Gods · Sacrificial Oblation to Gods · Swaha, mantra uttered in the sacrifice for the gods · Swaha, Sacrificial oblations to the godsॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the Parabrahmanताम्बूलंTaambuulamBetel Leafकर्पूरKarpuuraCamphorमन्त्रMantraa Mantra, a Vedic Hymn, a Prayer or Song of Praiseपुष्पंPusspamFlowersसुवर्णSuvarnnaGoldवारुणVaarunnaVarunaनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential SalutationसविताSavitaaStimulator, Vivifierसत्यSatyaTruthअपानApaanaApanaसमानSamaanaAlike, Similar - verse 91. पञ्चाङ्ग रुद्रन्यासःअथातः पञ्चाङ्गरुद्राणांन्यासपूर्वक-ञ्जप-होमा-र्चना-भिषेक-विधिं-व्याँ᳚ख्यास्यामः ।अथातः पञ्चाङ्गरुद्राणांन्यासपूर्वक-ञ्जप-होमा-र्चनाभिषेक-ङ्करिष्यमाणः ।1. pañchāṅga rudranyāsaḥathātaḥ pañchāṅgarudrāṇāṃnyāsapūrvaka-ñjapa-hōmā-rchanā-bhiṣēka-vidhiṃ vyā̎khyāsyāmaḥ ।athātaḥ pañchāṅgarudrāṇāṃnyāsapūrvaka-ñjapa-hōmā-rchanābhiṣēka-ṅkariṣyamāṇaḥ ।meaning
Section 1: Pañcāṅga Rudra Nyāsa — teaching of the fivefold body-placement ritual with chanting, fire-offering, worship, and ablution for the five aspects of Rudra.
- verse 10हरिः ॐ अथातः पञ्चाङ्ग रुद्राणाम् ॥hariḥ ōṃ athātaḥ pañchāṅga rudrāṇām ॥meaning
Hariḥ Om — now begins the Pañcāṅga worship of the five-limbed Rudras.
word by wordहरिHariHariॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the Parabrahman - verse 11ओङ्कारमन्त्र संयुँक्त-न्नित्य-न्ध्यायन्ति योगिनः ।कामद-म्मोक्षद-न्तस्मै ओङ्काराय नमो नमः ॥ōṅkāramantra saṃyukta-nnitya-ndhyāyanti yōginaḥ ।kāmada-mmōkṣada-ntasmai ōṅkārāya namō namaḥ ॥meaning
Yogis ever meditate upon the syllable Om joined to the mantra; homage again and again to that Oṃkāra, the granter of desires and of liberation.
word by wordयोगिनःYoginahYogiनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 12नमस्ते देव देवेश नमस्ते परमेश्वर ।नमस्ते वृषभारूढ नकाराय नमो नमः ॥namastē dēva dēvēśa namastē paramēśvara ।namastē vṛṣabhārūḍha nakārāya namō namaḥ ॥meaning
Homage to you, O God of gods; homage to you, O Supreme Lord; homage to you who rides the bull — homage again and again to the syllable Na.
word by wordनमस्तेNamasteSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations to You · Salutations to You [O Vayu]देवDevaDivineदेवेशDeveshaO Devesha [Lord of the Devas]नमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 13ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ ॥ ओ-न्नम् ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ ॥ ō-nnam ॥meaning
Om — homage to the blessed Rudra; Om — earth, atmosphere, and heaven; Om — homage.
word by wordभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudra - verse 14नम॑स्ते रुद्र म॒न्यव॑ उ॒तोत॒ इष॑वे॒ नमः॑ ।नम॑स्ते अस्तु॒ धन्व॑ने बा॒हुभ्या॑मु॒त ते॒ नमः॑ ॥या त॒ इषुः॑ शि॒वत॑मा शि॒व-म्ब॒भूव॑ ते॒ धनुः॑ ।शि॒वा श॑र॒व्या॑ या तव॒ तया॑ नो रुद्र मृडय ।ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ नं ओम् । पूर्वाङ्ग रुद्राय॒ नमः ॥ (प्राच्यै दिश, East)nama̍stē rudra ma̠nyava̍ u̠tōta̠ iṣa̍vē̠ nama̍ḥ ।nama̍stē astu̠ dhanva̍nē bā̠hubhyā̍mu̠ta tē̠ nama̍ḥ ॥yā ta̠ iṣu̍-śśi̠vata̍mā śi̠va-mba̠bhūva̍ tē̠ dhanu̍ḥ ।śi̠vā śa̍ra̠vyā̍ yā tava̠ tayā̍ nō rudra mṛḍaya ।ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ naṃ ōm । pūrvāṅga rudrāya̠ namaḥ ॥ (prāchyai diśa, East)meaning
Homage to your wrath, O Rudra, and homage to your arrow; homage to your bow and to your two arms. May your most auspicious form, your auspicious bow, and your auspicious quiver bring us joy. Homage to the eastern limb-Rudra.
word by wordनमस्तेNamasteSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations to You · Salutations to You [O Vayu]रुद्रःRudrahSri ShivaनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsअस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it soतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeयाYaaTo go towardsतंTamHim · To You · That · ThenइषुIssuArrowधनुDhanuBowशिवाShivaaShivaa, the Auspicious One · Consort of Shiva · Who is Auspicious and One with Shiva · Auspicious · Jackal · Shivaa, Devi ParvatiतवTavaYour · You · Of YouतयाTayaaBy Her · Signifying by, in terms ofनोNoNot · Us · Us, Our · Us, of us, to us · Towards UsनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurदिशDishaDirectionरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential SalutationतTaThatशिवShivaAuspiciousमृडMrddaShowing Compassion, GraciousभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeनम्NamTo Bow, To SaluteॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the Parabrahmanप्राचीPraaciiEast - verse 15महादेव-म्महात्मान-म्महापातकनाशनम् ।महापापहरं-वँन्दे मकाराय नमो नमः ॥mahādēva-mmahātmāna-mmahāpātakanāśanam ।mahāpāpaharaṃ vandē makārāya namō namaḥ ॥meaning
I bow to Mahādeva, the great soul, destroyer of great sins and remover of all evil — homage again and again to the syllable Ma.
word by wordनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsमहापापहरंMahaa-Paapa-HaramWho removes great Sinsवन्देVandeI Worship · Praise [to Devi Kamakshi] · [I] Extol · [I] Extol [and Worship Her] · We Salute [Sri Vishnu] · I Worship (Lord Vishnu) · I Praise, WorshipनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 16ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॒ ॥ ओ-म्मम् ॥ओ-न्निध॑नपतये॒ नमः । निधनपतान्तिकाय॒ नमः ।ऊर्ध्वाय॒ नमः । ऊर्ध्वलिङ्गाय॒ नमः ।हिरण्याय॒ नमः । हिरण्यलिङ्गाय॒ नमः ।सुवर्णाय॒ नमः । सुवर्णलिङ्गाय॒ नमः ।दिव्याय॒ नमः । दिव्यलिङ्गाय॒ नमः ।भवायः॒ नमः । भवलिङ्गाय॒ नमः ।शर्वाय॒ नमः । शर्वलिङ्गाय॒ नमः ।शिवाय॒ नमः । शिवलिङ्गाय॒ नमः ।ज्वलाय॒ नमः । ज्वललिङ्गाय॒ नमः ।आत्माय॒ नमः । आत्मलिङ्गाय॒ नमः ।परमाय॒ नमः । परमलिङ्गाय॒ नमः ।एतथ्सोमस्य॑ सूर्य॒स्य सर्वलिङ्गग्ग्॑ स्थाप॒य॒ति॒ पाणिमन्त्र-म्पवि॒त्रम् ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ मं ओम् ॥दक्षिणाङ्ग रुद्राय॒ नमः ॥ (दक्षिण दिश, South)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̠ḥ ॥ ō-mmam ॥ō-nnidha̍napatayē̠ namaḥ । nidhanapatāntikāya̠ namaḥ ।ūrdhvāya̠ namaḥ । ūrdhvaliṅgāya̠ namaḥ ।hiraṇyāya̠ namaḥ । hiraṇyaliṅgāya̠ namaḥ ।suvarṇāya̠ namaḥ । suvarṇaliṅgāya̠ namaḥ ।divyāya̠ namaḥ । divyaliṅgāya̠ namaḥ ।bhavāya̠ḥ namaḥ । bhavaliṅgāya̠ namaḥ ।śarvāya̠ namaḥ । śarvaliṅgāya̠ namaḥ ।śivāya̠ namaḥ । śivaliṅgāya̠ namaḥ ।jvalāya̠ namaḥ । jvalaliṅgāya̠ namaḥ ।ātmāya̠ namaḥ । ātmaliṅgāya̠ namaḥ ।paramāya̠ namaḥ । paramaliṅgāya̠ namaḥ ।ētathsōmasya̍ sūrya̠sya sarvaliṅgagg̍ sthāpa̠ya̠ti̠ pāṇimantra-mpavi̠tram ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ maṃ ōm ॥dakṣiṇāṅga rudrāya̠ namaḥ ॥ (dakṣiṇa diśa, South)meaning
Om — earth, atmosphere, heaven — Om Ma. Homage to the lord of the dead and to him near death, to the upright one and the upright liṅga, to the golden and the golden liṅga, the divine and the divine liṅga, Bhava, Śarva, Śiva, the blazing, the Self, and the Supreme and their liṅgas. Homage to the southern limb-Rudra.
word by wordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsभवायBhavaaya(Please be Propitious) towards the WorldशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaमMaA particleदक्षिणDakssinnaSouthदिशDishaDirectionनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutationउर्ध्वUrdhvaUpwardsहिरण्यHirannyaGoldसुवर्णSuvarnnaGoldदिव्यDivyaDivineसर्वSarvaAllज्वालाJvaalaaBlaze, Flameआत्माAatmaaAtma, Soul · Soul, Heart · Aatmaa, ConsciousnessपरमParamaSupremeसूर्यSuuryaSuryaभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraमाम्MaamMe · My · [May that Truth Protect] MeॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the Parabrahman - verse 17शिवं शान्त-ञ्जगन्नाथं-लोँकानुग्रहकारणम् ।शिवमेक-म्परं-वँन्दे शिकाराय नमो नमः ॥śivaṃ śānta-ñjagannāthaṃ lōkānugrahakāraṇam ।śivamēka-mparaṃ vandē śikārāya namō namaḥ ॥meaning
I bow to Śiva who is peace, lord of the universe, the cause of grace to all worlds — homage again and again to the syllable Śi.
word by wordशिवShivaAuspiciousनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsवन्देVandeI Worship · Praise [to Devi Kamakshi] · [I] Extol · [I] Extol [and Worship Her] · We Salute [Sri Vishnu] · I Worship (Lord Vishnu) · I Praise, WorshipनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 18ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॒ ॥ ॐ शिम् ॥अपै॑तुमृ॒त्युरमृत॑-न्न॒ आग॑न् वैवस्व॒तो नो॒ अ॑भय-ङ्कृणोतु । प॒र्णं-वँन॒स्पतेरिवा॒भिनश्शीयताग्ं र॒यिस्सच॑ता-न्न॒श्शची॒पतिः॑ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ शिं ओम् ॥ पश्चिमाङ्ग रुद्राय॒ नमः ॥ (पश्चिम दिश, West)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̠ḥ ॥ ōṃ śim ॥apai̍tumṛ̠tyuramṛta̍-nna̠ āga̍n vaivasva̠tō nō̠ a̍bhaya-ṅkṛṇōtu । pa̠rṇaṃ vana̠spatērivā̠bhinaśśīyatāgṃ ra̠yissacha̍tā-nna̠śśachī̠pati̍ḥ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ śiṃ ōm ॥ paśchimāṅga rudrāya̠ namaḥ ॥ (paśchima diśa, West)meaning
Om — earth, atmosphere, heaven — Om Śim. May death depart and immortality come to us; may Vivasvān's son make us fearless; may wealth cling to us like the leaf of the forest lord. Homage to the western limb-Rudra.
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनोNoNot · Us · Us, Our · Us, of us, to us · Towards UsनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsपश्चिमPashcimaWestदिशDishaDirectionभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 19वाहनं-वृँषभो यस्य वासुकी कण्ठभूषणम् ।वामे शक्तिधरं-वँन्दे वकाराय नमो नमः ॥vāhanaṃ vṛṣabhō yasya vāsukī kaṇṭhabhūṣaṇam ।vāmē śaktidharaṃ vandē vakārāya namō namaḥ ॥meaning
Whose vehicle is the bull, whose neck-ornament is Vāsuki, who holds Śakti on the left — I bow to him; homage again and again to the syllable Va.
word by wordयस्यYasyaWhose · Of Whose · Of WhomवामेVaameOn the LeftनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsवाहनंVaahanam[Himavan gave Her the Lion as] Carrierवन्देVandeI Worship · Praise [to Devi Kamakshi] · [I] Extol · [I] Extol [and Worship Her] · We Salute [Sri Vishnu] · I Worship (Lord Vishnu) · I Praise, WorshipनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 20ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॒ ॥ ॐ-वाँम् ॥प्राणाना-ङ्ग्रन्थिरसि रुद्रो मा॑ विशा॒न्तकः । तेनान्नेना᳚प्याय॒स्व ॥ ओ-न्नमो भगवते रुद्राय विष्णवे मृत्यु॑र्मे पा॒हि ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ वां ओम् ॥ उत्तराङ्ग रुद्राय॒ नमः ॥ (उत्तर दिश, North)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̠ḥ ॥ ōṃ vām ॥prāṇānā-ṅgranthirasi rudrō mā̍ viśā̠ntakaḥ । tēnānnēnā̎pyāya̠sva ॥ ō-nnamō bhagavatē rudrāya viṣṇavē mṛtyu̍rmē pā̠hi ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ vāṃ ōm ॥ uttarāṅga rudrāya̠ namaḥ ॥ (uttara diśa, North)meaning
Om — earth, atmosphere, heaven — Om Vām. You are the knot of the vital breaths, O Rudra; may you not enter us as destroyer. Viṣṇu, guard me from death. Homage to the northern limb-Rudra.
word by wordमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, Roarविष्णवेVissnnaveO Lord Vishnu, the All-Pervading OneपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeवाVaaOr · Just · Nevertheless · As, Like · Or, IndeedनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsउत्तरUttaraNorthदिशDishaDirectionॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 21यत्र कुत्र स्थित-न्देवं सर्वव्यापिनमीश्वरम् ।यल्लिङ्ग-म्पूजयेन्नित्यं-यँकाराय नमो नमः ॥yatra kutra sthita-ndēvaṃ sarvavyāpinamīśvaram ।yalliṅga-mpūjayēnnityaṃ yakārāya namō namaḥ ॥meaning
Wherever the god abides, all-pervading as the Lord, the liṅga one worships daily — homage again and again to the syllable Ya.
word by wordयत्रYatraHere · Wherein · Where [the whole Universe finally merges]कुत्रKutraWhere (exists such Beauty which instills Fear in the Enemies and also Captivates?) · Where?नमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 22ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॒ ॥ ॐ-यँम् ॥यो रु॒द्रो अ॒ग्नौ यो अ॒प्सु य ओष॑धीषु॒ यो रु॒द्रो विश्वा॒ भुव॑ना वि॒वेश॒ तस्मै॑ रु॒द्राय॒ नमो॑ अस्तु ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ यं ओम् ॥ ऊर्ध्वाङ्ग रुद्राय॒ नमः ॥ (ऊर्ध्व दिश, Up)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̠ḥ ॥ ōṃ yam ॥yō ru̠drō a̠gnau yō a̠psu ya ōṣa̍dhīṣu̠ yō ru̠drō viśvā̠ bhuva̍nā vi̠vēśa̠ tasmai̍ ru̠drāya̠ namō̍ astu ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ yaṃ ōm ॥ ūrdhvāṅga rudrāya̠ namaḥ ॥ (ūrdhva diśa, Up)meaning
Om — earth, atmosphere, heaven — Om Yam. Rudra who is in fire, who is in waters, who is in plants, who has entered all the worlds — to that Rudra let there be homage. Homage to the upward limb-Rudra.
word by wordयोYoHe who [after unpinning the Keelaka makes Her manifest and then recites the Chandi by constantly dwelling on Her Conscious Form] · He Who · He · Which · WhoयःYahHe Whoविश्वाVishvaaWorld · Universeतस्मैTasmaiTo HimनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]अस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it soनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsदिशDishaDirectionॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanयंYamWheneverयाYaaTo go towardsविश्वVishvaWorld, UniveseभुवनBhuvanaWorldरुद्रRudraRudraभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutationउर्ध्वUrdhvaUpwards - verse 232. पञ्चमुख ध्यानम्2. pañchamukha dhyānammeaning
Section 2: Meditation on the Five Faces of Rudra.
word by wordध्यानंDhyaanamMeditation - verse 24ओ-न्नम् ॥ तत्पुरु॒षाय वि॒द्महे॑ महादे॒वाय॑ धीमहि । तन्नो॑ रुद्रः प्रचोदया᳚त् ॥ō-nnam ॥ tatpuru̠ṣāya vi̠dmahē̍ mahādē̠vāya̍ dhīmahi । tannō̍ rudraḥ prachōdayā̎t ॥meaning
Om — Namam. We come to know the Supreme Person (Tatpuruṣa), we meditate on Mahādeva; may Rudra impel our thoughts forward.
word by wordविद्महेVidmaheWe KnowधीमहिDhiimahiLet us Meditate · [I] Meditateतन्नोTan-No[May] that [Fire of Durga awaken] our [Consciousness] · May that [Danti awaken] usरुद्रःRudrahSri Shivaप्रचोदयात्Pracodayaat[May that Fire of Durga] awaken [our Consciousness] · May it Inspire · Enlighten, Impel, AwakenमहादेवMahaadevaMahadeva - verse 25संवँर्ताग्नि तटित्प्रदीप्त कनक प्रस्पर्थि तेजोमयम् ।गम्भीरध्वनि सामवेदजनक-न्ताम्राधरं सुन्दरम् ।अर्धेन्दुद्युति लोलपिङ्गल जटाभारप्रबद्धोरगम् ।वन्दे सिद्ध सुरासुरेन्द्रनमित-म्पूर्व-म्मुखं शूलिनः ॥saṃvartāgni taṭitpradīpta kanaka prasparthi tējōmayam ।gambhīradhvani sāmavēdajanaka-ntāmrādharaṃ sundaram ।ardhēndudyuti lōlapiṅgaḻa jaṭābhāraprabaddhōragam ।vandē siddha surāsurēndranamita-mpūrva-mmukhaṃ śūlinaḥ ॥meaning
Radiant as the fire of dissolution and gleaming gold, deep-voiced as the Sāmaveda, with copper-red lips, half-moon-bright with tawny matted locks bound with serpents — I bow to the eastern face of Śiva the trident-bearer, saluted by siddhas, gods, and demons alike.
word by wordकनकKanakaGoldवन्देVandeI Worship · Praise [to Devi Kamakshi] · [I] Extol · [I] Extol [and Worship Her] · We Salute [Sri Vishnu] · I Worship (Lord Vishnu) · I Praise, Worshipसिद्धSiddhaSiddha, Accomplished in Yogaसुन्दरंSundaramWho has a Beautiful [Splendour] · Who is Beautiful - verse 26ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ ओ-न्नम् ॥ पूर्व मुखाय॒ नमः ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ ō-nnam ॥ pūrva mukhāya̠ namaḥ ॥meaning
Om — homage to the blessed Rudra; Om — Namam. Homage to the eastern face.
word by wordपूर्वPuurvaEastनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraपुर्वPurvaFormer, Before, Prior, PrecedingमुखMukhaFaceनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 27अ॒घोरे᳚भ्यो-ऽथघो॒रे᳚भ्यो॒ घोर॒घोर॑तरेभ्यः ॥ सर्वे᳚भ्यस्सर्व शर्वे᳚भ्यो॒ नम॑स्ते अस्तु रु॒द्ररू॑पेभ्यः ॥a̠ghōrē̎bhyō-'thaghō̠rē̎bhyō̠ ghōra̠ghōra̍tarēbhyaḥ ॥ sarvē̎bhyassarva śarvē̎bhyō̠ nama̍stē astu ru̠drarū̍pēbhyaḥ ॥meaning
To those who are not fearsome, to those who are fearsome, and to those most fearsome of all — to every form of Śarva, homage to all forms of Rudra.
word by wordनमस्तेNamasteSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations to You · Salutations to You [O Vayu]अस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it so - verse 28कालाभ्रभ्रमराञ्जनद्युतिनिभं-व्याँवृत्त पिङ्गेक्षणम्कर्णोद्भासित भोगिमस्तक मणिप्रोद्गीर्ण दंष्ट्राङ्कुरम् ।सर्पप्रोत कपाल शुक्ति शकल व्याकीर्ण सच्छेखरम्वन्दे दक्षिणमीश्वरस्य कुटिल भ्रूभङ्ग रौद्र-म्मुखम् ॥kālābhrabhramarāñjanadyutinibhaṃ vyāvṛtta piṅgēkṣaṇamkarṇōdbhāsita bhōgimastaka maṇiprōdgīrṇa daṃṣṭrāṅkuram ।sarpaprōta kapāla śukti śakala vyākīrṇa sachChēkharamvandē dakṣiṇamīśvarasya kuṭila bhrūbhaṅga raudra-mmukham ॥meaning
Dark as monsoon cloud and bee and collyrium, with rolling tawny eyes, jewels blazing from the serpent's crest at the ears, tusks sprouting like shoots, adorned with skull-shards and oyster-shell fragments, brow curved in fearsome frown — I bow to the southern face of Īśvara.
word by wordकपालKapaalaSkullवन्देVandeI Worship · Praise [to Devi Kamakshi] · [I] Extol · [I] Extol [and Worship Her] · We Salute [Sri Vishnu] · I Worship (Lord Vishnu) · I Praise, WorshipकुटिलKuttilaBent, Crooked, Curvedव्यावृत्तVyaavrttaFreed from, thoroughly Liberated or EmancipatedसकलाSakalaaAll [the Lokas shook] · Your Parts · All - verse 29ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ ओ-म्मम् ॥ दक्षिण मुखाय॒ नमः ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ ō-mmam ॥ dakṣiṇa mukhāya̠ namaḥ ॥meaning
Om — homage to the blessed Rudra; Om — Mam. Homage to the southern face.
word by wordदक्षिणDakssinnaSouthनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraमुखMukhaFaceनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 30स॒द्यो जा॒त-म्प्र॑पद्या॒मि॒ स॒द्यो जा॒ताय॒ वै नमो॒ नमः॑ । भ॒वे भ॑वे॒ नाति॑ भवे भवस्व॒ माम् । भ॒वो-द्भ॑वाय॒ नमः॑ ॥sa̠dyō jā̠ta-mpra̍padyā̠mi̠ sa̠dyō jā̠tāya̠ vai namō̠ nama̍ḥ । bha̠vē bha̍vē̠ nāti̍ bhavē bhavasva̠ mām । bha̠vō-dbha̍vāya̠ nama̍ḥ ॥meaning
I take refuge in the Suddenly-born, homage again and again to the Suddenly-born; in every existence be not beyond existence, be my refuge — homage to the source of existence.
word by wordसद्योSadyoNow (that You have destroyed the Races of Asuras filled with Your Anger)वैVaiA particle of affirmation or emphasis · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly, Certainly · Or · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly · A particle of emphasis and affirmation usually means indeed, truly, certainly · A particle of emphasis · Indeed, Truly, Verily; · Indeed, For emphasis · A particle for emphasis and affirmation · For emphasis, Truly, CertainlyनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsमाम्MaamMe · My · [May that Truth Protect] MeजटाJattaaTwisted Hair as worn by ascetics, Matted HairनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential SalutationभवBhavaComing into Existence, Birth, Production - verse 31प्रालेयाचलमिन्दुकुन्द धवल-ङ्गोक्षीरफेनप्रभम्भस्माभ्यक्तमनङ्ग देह दहन ज्वालावली लोचनम् ।ब्रह्मेन्द्रादि मरुद्गणैस्पुतिपदै रभ्यर्चितं-योँगिभिःवन्दे-ऽहं सकल-ङ्कलङ्करहितं स्थाणोर्मुख-म्पश्चिमम् ॥prālēyāchalamindukunda dhavaḻa-ṅgōkṣīraphēnaprabhambhasmābhyaktamanaṅga dēha dahana jvālāvaḻī lōchanam ।brahmēndrādi marudgaṇaisputipadai rabhyarchitaṃ yōgibhiḥvandē-'haṃ sakala-ṅkaḻaṅkarahitaṃ sthāṇōrmukha-mpaśchimam ॥meaning
White as the snow-capped mountain, as jasmine and the moon, gleaming like cow's milk and sea-foam, smeared with ash, his eyes blazing with the fire that consumed the body of desire, worshipped by Brahmā, Indra, the Maruts, and yogis — I bow to the western face of Śiva, free from all blemish.
word by wordदेहDehaBodyदहनDahanaBurningलोचनLocanaEyeयोगिभिःYogibhihBy the Yogis - verse 32ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ ॐ शिम् ॥ पश्चिम मुखाय॒ नमः ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ ōṃ śim ॥ paśchima mukhāya̠ namaḥ ॥meaning
Om — homage to the blessed Rudra; Om Śim. Homage to the western face.
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the Parabrahmanपश्चिमPashcimaWestनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraमुखMukhaFaceनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 33वा॒म॒दे॒वाय॒ नमो᳚ ज्ये॒ष्ठाय॒ नमः॑ श्रे॒ष्ठाय॒ नमो॑ रु॒द्राय॒ नमः॒ काला॑य॒ नमः॒ कल॑विकरणाय॒ नमो॒ बल॑विकरणाय॒ नमो॒ बला॑य॒ नमो॒ बल॑प्रमथनाय॒ नम॒-स्सर्व॑भूतदमनाय॒ नमो॑ म॒नोन्म॑नाय॒ नमः॑ ॥vā̠ma̠dē̠vāya̠ namō̎ jyē̠ṣṭhāya̠ nama̍-śśrē̠ṣṭhāya̠ namō̍ ru̠drāya̠ nama̠ḥ kālā̍ya̠ nama̠ḥ kala̍vikaraṇāya̠ namō̠ bala̍vikaraṇāya̠ namō̠ balā̍ya̠ namō̠ bala̍pramathanāya̠ nama̠-ssarva̍bhūtadamanāya̠ namō̍ ma̠nōnma̍nāya̠ nama̍ḥ ॥meaning
Homage to Vāmadeva, to the eldest, to the most excellent, to Rudra, to Time, to the dissolver of time-cycles, to the dissolver of strength, to Strength, to the crusher of might, to the tamer of all beings, to the one beyond mind.
word by wordनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsज्येष्ठJyesstthaBest, Most Excellent, Eldestरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential SalutationकलाKalaaA small part of anything, part of Moon, a division of Time, ArtबालBaalaChild - verse 34गौर-ङ्कुङ्कुम पङ्किलं स्तिलकं-व्याँपाण्डु गण्डस्थलम्भ्रूविक्षेप कटाक्ष लसत्संसक्त कर्णोत्फलम् ।स्निग्ध-म्बिम्बफलाधर-म्प्रहसित-न्नीलालकाल-ङ्कृतम्वन्दे पूर्ण शशाङ्क मण्डलनिभं-वँक्त्रं हरस्योत्तरम् ॥gaura-ṅkuṅkuma paṅkilaṃ stilakaṃ vyāpāṇḍu gaṇḍasthalambhrūvikṣēpa kaṭākṣa lasatsaṃsakta karṇōtphalam ।snigdha-mbimbaphalādhara-mprahasita-nnīlālakāla-ṅkṛtamvandē pūrṇa śaśāṅka maṇḍalanibhaṃ vaktraṃ harasyōttaram ॥meaning
Smeared with saffron paste, with a tilaka mark, pale cheeks, arched brows, glancing sidelong eyes, ears adorned with blossoming lotus, lips smooth as bimba fruit, laughing, crowned with dark curly locks — I bow to the northern face of Hara, brilliant as the full autumn moon.
word by wordकटाक्षKattaakssaA Glance or Side Lookवन्देVandeI Worship · Praise [to Devi Kamakshi] · [I] Extol · [I] Extol [and Worship Her] · We Salute [Sri Vishnu] · I Worship (Lord Vishnu) · I Praise, Worshipपूर्णPuurnnaFilled withशशाङ्कShashaangkaMoonवक्त्रंVaktram(It is very surprising how looking at that) Face (it was suddenly struck by Mahishasura) - verse 35ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ ॐ-वाँम् ॥ उत्तर मुखाय॒ नमः ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ ōṃ vām ॥ uttara mukhāya̠ namaḥ ॥meaning
Om — homage to the blessed Rudra; Om Vām. Homage to the northern face.
word by wordउत्तरUttaraNorthनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanमुखMukhaFaceनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 36ईशान-स्सर्व॑विद्या॒ना॒-मीश्वर-स्सर्व॑भूता॒ना॒-म्ब्रह्माधि॑पति॒-र्ब्रह्म॒णो ऽधि॑पति॒-र्ब्रह्मा॑ शि॒वो मे॑ अस्तु सदाशि॒वोम् ॥ (कनिष्ठिकाभ्या-न्नमः)īśāna-ssarva̍vidyā̠nā̠-mīśvara-ssarva̍bhūtā̠nā̠-mbrahmādhi̍pati̠-rbrahma̠ṇō 'dhi̍pati̠-rbrahmā̍ śi̠vō mē̍ astu sadāśi̠vōm ॥ (kaniṣṭhikābhyā-nnamaḥ)meaning
Īśāna, lord of all knowledge, lord of all beings, sovereign over Brahman, master of Brahmā — may that Brahmā, Śiva, be my eternal auspicious Śiva.
word by wordशिवोShivoShivaमेMeTo me, of me · To me · Relates to Me · My · Please bestow Your Auspicious Blessings [on me] · (Please Make) my (undertakings Free of Obstacles) · Mine · of me, to meअस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it so - verse 37व्यक्ताव्यक्त गुणेतर-म्परतरं षट्त्रिंशतत्त्वात्मकम्तस्मादुत्तम तत्त्वमक्षरमिद-न्ध्येयं सदा योगिभिः ।ओङ्कारादि समस्त मन्त्रजनकं सूक्ष्मादि सूक्ष्म-म्परंशान्त-म्पञ्चममीश्वरस्य वदन-ङ्खंव्याँप्ति तेजोमयम् ॥vyaktāvyakta guṇētara-mparataraṃ ṣaṭtriṃśatattvātmakamtasmāduttama tattvamakṣaramida-ndhyēyaṃ sadā yōgibhiḥ ।ōṅkārādi samasta mantrajanakaṃ sūkṣmādi sūkṣma-mparaṃśānta-mpañchamamīśvarasya vadana-ṅkhaṃvyāpti tējōmayam ॥meaning
Beyond the manifest and unmanifest, beyond qualities, transcending the thirty-six principles — the highest imperishable truth is what yogis ever contemplate; the source of all mantras, subtler than the subtlest — I bow to the fifth upward face of Īśvara, all-pervading and radiant.
word by wordसदाSadaaAlways · Always, Ever, Every Time; · Always, Ever, Every Time · Always, Ever · Who is Served always · [O Devi, Please bestow Your Auspicious Blessings on me], always · [He attains his innermost longing and Devi] always [dwell in his heart] · Who Always (Abide as the Mantra) · Always, Perpetually · EternalयोगिभिःYogibhihBy the Yogisसमस्तSamastaAll, Whole, Put Together, Combined, United - verse 38ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ ॐ-वाँम् ॥ ऊर्ध्व मुखाय॒ नमः ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ ōṃ vām ॥ ūrdhva mukhāya̠ namaḥ ॥meaning
Om — homage to the blessed Rudra; Om Vām. Homage to the upward face.
word by wordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the Parabrahmanउर्ध्वUrdhvaUpwardsमुखMukhaFaceनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 39दिङ्नमस्कारःपूर्वे पशुपतिः पातु । दक्षिणे पातु शङ्करः ।पश्चिमे पातु विश्वेशः । नीलकण्ठस्तदोत्तरे ॥diṅnamaskāraḥpūrvē paśupatiḥ pātu । dakṣiṇē pātu śaṅkaraḥ ।paśchimē pātu viśvēśaḥ । nīlakaṇṭhastadōttarē ॥meaning
May Paśupati protect the east; may Śaṅkara protect the south; may Viśveśa protect the west; may Nīlakaṇṭha protect the north.
word by wordपूर्वेPuurveIn the East (the Five Forests which are said to be there, are of very Secretive Nature)पातुPaatuPlease Protect [Me] · May that Protect · May Protect · Please Protectदक्षिणेDakssinne(Protect us) in the Southशङ्करShangkaraShankara, another name of Sri Shivaपश्चिमेPashcime(Among the Twelve of this number, Seven are located\ in the West (of Kalindi\विश्वेशVishveshaSri Visveswara or Shiva - verse 40ईशान्या-म्पातु मे शर्वः । आग्नेया-म्पार्वतीपतिः ।नैऋत्या-म्पातु मे रुद्रः । वायव्या-न्नीललोहितः ॥īśānyā-mpātu mē śarvaḥ । āgnēyā-mpārvatīpatiḥ ।naiṛtyā-mpātu mē rudraḥ । vāyavyā-nnīlalōhitaḥ ॥meaning
May Śarva protect me in the northeast; may Pārvatī's lord protect the southeast; may Rudra protect me in the southwest; may Nīlalōhita protect the northwest.
word by wordमेMeTo me, of me · To me · Relates to Me · My · Please bestow Your Auspicious Blessings [on me] · (Please Make) my (undertakings Free of Obstacles) · Mine · of me, to meरुद्रःRudrahSri Shivaसर्वाःSarvaahAll - verse 41ऊर्ध्वे त्रिलोचनः पातु । अधराया-म्महेश्वरः ।एताभ्यो दश दिग्भ्यस्तु । सर्वतः पातु शङ्करः ॥ūrdhvē trilōchanaḥ pātu । adharāyā-mmahēśvaraḥ ।ētābhyō daśa digbhyastu । sarvataḥ pātu śaṅkaraḥ ॥meaning
May Trilocana protect above; may Maheśvara protect below; and may Śaṅkara protect us in all ten directions.
word by wordपातुPaatuPlease Protect [Me] · May that Protect · May Protect · Please ProtectदशDashaTenसर्वतःSarvatah(By those, Protect us from) all sides · From all sides · Everywhereशङ्करShangkaraShankara, another name of Sri Shivaउर्ध्वUrdhvaUpwardsदासDaasaServant - verse 42(ना रुद्रो रुद्रमर्चये᳚त् ।न्यासपूर्वक-ञ्जपहोमार्चना-ऽभिषेकविधि व्याख्यास्यामः ।)(nā rudrō rudramarchayē̎t ।nyāsapūrvaka-ñjapahōmārchanā-'bhiṣēkavidhi vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ।)meaning
Ritual instruction: 'A non-Rudra should not perform the worship of Rudra.' We shall now explain the procedure for nyasa (ritual placement), japa (recitation), homa (fire offering), archana (flower worship), and abhisheka (ritual bathing) preceded by nyasa.
word by wordनNaNot · Us, Our · [There are] no [Mantras or Medicine available, even a trace which can accomplish Uccatana etc.] · Us, of us, to us · The letter Nna · Not, Us · Not, No, Nor, Neither - verse 433. अङ्गन्यासःया ते॑ रुद्र शि॒वा त॒नूरघो॒रा-ऽपा॑पकाशिनी ।तया॑ न स्त॒नुवा॒ शन्त॑मया॒ गिरि॑शन्ता॒भि चा॑कशीहि ।शिखायै नमः । 13. aṅganyāsaḥyā tē̍ rudra śi̠vā ta̠nūraghō̠rā-'pā̍pakāśinī ।tayā̍ na sta̠nuvā̠ śanta̍mayā̠ giri̍śantā̠bhi chā̍kaśīhi ।śikhāyai namaḥ । 1meaning
Section 3: Aṅga Nyāsa. O Rudra, your gracious form that is not fierce and not afflicting — with that calm, mountain-dwelling form shine upon us. [Head, verse 2.]
word by wordयाYaaTo go towardsतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · Heरुद्रःRudrahSri ShivaशिवाShivaaShivaa, the Auspicious One · Consort of Shiva · Who is Auspicious and One with Shiva · Auspicious · Jackal · Shivaa, Devi ParvatiतयाTayaaBy Her · Signifying by, in terms ofनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsरुद्रRudraRudraशिवShivaAuspiciousनNaNot · Us, Our · [There are] no [Mantras or Medicine available, even a trace which can accomplish Uccatana etc.] · Us, of us, to us · The letter Nna · Not, Us · Not, No, Nor, NeitherनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 44अ॒स्मि-न्म॑ह॒त्य॑र्ण॒वे᳚-ऽन्तरि॑क्षे भ॒वा अधि॑ ।तेषाग्ं॑ सहस्रयोज॒ने-ऽव॒धन्वा॑नि तन्मसि ।शिरसे नमः । 2a̠smi-nma̍ha̠tya̍rṇa̠vē̎-'ntari̍kṣē bha̠vā adhi̍ ।tēṣāgṃ̍ sahasrayōja̠nē-'va̠dhanvā̍ni tanmasi ।śirasē namaḥ । 2meaning
In the vast ocean-like sky Rudra's hosts dwell everywhere; may we place their weapons a thousand leagues away. [Forehead, verse 3.]
word by wordभवाBhavaaMay becomeअधिAdhiExpresses AboveनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsभवBhavaComing into Existence, Birth, ProductionअधीAdhiiTo StudyशिरसाShirasaa[Who is to be Saluted] by bowing the Head · By [bowing the] Head · On the Head · [I reverentially bow down] my Head [to Shambhu] · Foremost · [Bowing my] HeadनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 45स॒हस्रा॑णि सहस्र॒शो ये रु॒द्रा अधि॒ भूम्या᳚म् ।तेषाग्ं॑ सहस्र-योज॒ने-ऽव॒धन्वा॑नि तन्मसि ।ललाटाय नमः । 3sa̠hasrā̍ṇi sahasra̠śō yē ru̠drā adhi̠ bhūmyā̎m ।tēṣāgṃ̍ sahasra-yōja̠nē-'va̠dhanvā̍ni tanmasi ।lalāṭāya namaḥ । 3meaning
Thousands upon thousands of Rudras dwell on the earth; may we place their weapons a thousand leagues away. [Forehead, verse 3.]
word by wordयेYeWho · Those who · Those · WhoeverअधिAdhiExpresses AboveनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsरुद्रRudraRudraअधीAdhiiTo StudyललाटLalaattaForehead, BrowनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 46ह॒ग्ं॒स-श्शु॑चि॒ष-द्वसु॑रन्तरिक्ष॒सद्धोता॑ वेदि॒षदति॑थि-र्दुरोण॒सत् ।नृ॒षद्व॑र॒-सदृ॑त॒-सद्व्यो॑म॒ सद॒ब्जा गो॒जा ऋ॑त॒जा अ॑द्रि॒जा ऋ॒त-म्बृ॒हत् ।भ्रुवोर्मद्ध्याय नमः । 4ha̠gṃ̠sa-śśu̍chi̠ṣa-dvasu̍rantarikṣa̠saddhōtā̍ vēdi̠ṣadati̍thi-rdurōṇa̠sat ।nṛ̠ṣadva̍ra̠-sadṛ̍ta̠-sadvyō̍ma̠ sada̠bjā gō̠jā ṛ̍ta̠jā a̍dri̠jā ṛ̠ta-mbṛ̠hat ।bhruvōrmaddhyāya namaḥ । 4meaning
The Swan that purifies, dwelling in light, the oblation-bearer dwelling in truth, the guest in the house — he moves through the human, divine, and celestial realms, born from water, from the earth, from truth. [Between the eyes.]
word by wordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 47त्र्य॑बङ्कं-यँजामहे सुग॒न्धि-म्पु॑ष्टि॒वर्ध॑नम् ।उ॒र्वा॒रु॒कमि॑व॒ बन्ध॑नान्मृ॒त्यो-र्मु॑क्षीय॒ मा-ऽमृता᳚त् ।नेत्राभ्या-न्नमः । 5trya̍baṅkaṃ yajāmahē suga̠ndhi-mpu̍ṣṭi̠vardha̍nam ।u̠rvā̠ru̠kami̍va̠ bandha̍nānmṛ̠tyō-rmu̍kṣīya̠ mā-'mṛtā̎t ।nētrābhyā-nnamaḥ । 5meaning
We worship the three-eyed one, the fragrant increaser of growth; as the cucumber is freed from its stalk, may I be freed from death, not from immortality. [Eyes, verse 5.]
word by wordउर्वारुकमिवUrvaarukam-Iva[From these Bondages of Samsara] similar to Cucumbers [tied to their Creepers]बन्धनान्Bandhanaan[From these] Bondages [of Samsara similar to Cucumbers tied to their Creepers] · Bondagesमृत्योर्मुक्षीयMrtyor-MukssiiyaMay we be Liberated from Death [Attachment to Perishable Things]यजामहेYajamaheWe Worship [the Three-Eyed One] · We Worshipमामृतात्Maa-Amrtaat[So that I am] not [separated] from the perception of Immortality [Immortal Essence pervading everywhere] - verse 48नम॒-स्स्रुत्या॑य च॒ पथ्या॑य च॒ नमः॑ का॒ट्या॑य च नी॒प्या॑य च ।कर्णाभ्या-न्नमः । 6nama̠-ssrutyā̍ya cha̠ pathyā̍ya cha̠ nama̍ḥ kā̠ṭyā̍ya cha nī̠pyā̍ya cha ।karṇābhyā-nnamaḥ । 6meaning
Homage to him who flows through mountain streams and footpaths. [Ears, verse 6.]
word by wordचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 49मा न॑स्तो॒के तन॑ये॒ मा न॒ आयु॑षि॒ मा नो॒ गोषु॒ मा नो॒ अश्वे॑षु रीरिषः ।वी॒रान्मानो॑ रुद्र भामि॒तो व॑धीर्-ह॒विष्म॑न्तो॒ नम॑सा विधेम ते ।नासिकाभ्या-न्नमः । 7mā na̍stō̠kē tana̍yē̠ mā na̠ āyu̍ṣi̠ mā nō̠ gōṣu̠ mā nō̠ aśvē̍ṣu rīriṣaḥ ।vī̠rānmānō̍ rudra bhāmi̠tō va̍dhīr-ha̠viṣma̍ntō̠ nama̍sā vidhēma tē ।nāsikābhyā-nnamaḥ । 7meaning
Injure not our child or our progeny, not our life, not our cattle, not our horses; slay not our heroes, O Rudra, in your anger — we, bearers of offerings, worship you with homage.
word by wordमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, RoarनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurनोNoNot · Us · Us, Our · Us, of us, to us · Towards Usरुद्रःRudrahSri ShivaतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeनNaNot · Us, Our · [There are] no [Mantras or Medicine available, even a trace which can accomplish Uccatana etc.] · Us, of us, to us · The letter Nna · Not, Us · Not, No, Nor, Neitherरुद्रRudraRudra - verse 50अ॒व॒तत्य॒ धनु॒स्त्वग्ं सह॑स्राक्ष॒ शते॑षुधे ।नि॒शीर्य॑ श॒ल्याना॒-म्मुखा॑ शि॒वो नः॑ सु॒मना॑ भव ।मुखाय नमः । 8a̠va̠tatya̠ dhanu̠stvagṃ saha̍srākṣa̠ śatē̍ṣudhē ।ni̠śīrya̍ śa̠lyānā̠-mmukhā̍ śi̠vō na̍-ssu̠manā̍ bhava ।mukhāya namaḥ । 8meaning
You with the unstrung bow, thousand-eyed, hundred-quivered — blunt the arrows' tips, O blessed one, and be gracious to us. [Mouth, verse 7.]
word by wordशिवोShivoShivaनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurभवBhavaComing into Existence, Birth, ProductionनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsमुखMukhaFaceनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 51नील॑ग्रीवा श्शिति॒कण्ठा᳚-श्श॒र्वा अ॒धः, क्ष॑माच॒राः ।तेषाग्ं॑ सहस्रयोज॒ने-ऽ व॒धन्वा॑नि तन्मसि ।कण्ठाय नमः । 9.1nīla̍grīvā śśiti̠kaṇṭhā̎-śśa̠rvā a̠dhaḥ, kṣa̍mācha̠rāḥ ।tēṣāgṃ̍ sahasrayōja̠nē-' va̠dhanvā̍ni tanmasi ।kaṇṭhāya namaḥ । 9.1meaning
Blue-throated, grey-necked Rudras who move below along the ground — may we place their weapons a thousand leagues away. [Throat, verse 8.]
word by wordअधAdhaEvil, BadनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsकण्ठKanntthathe Throat, the NeckनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 52नील॑ग्रीवा-श्शिति॒कण्ठा॒ दिवग्ं॑ रु॒द्रा उप॑श्रिताः ।तेषाग्ं॑ सहस्रयोज॒ने-ऽ व॒धन्वा॑नि तन्मसि ।उपकण्ठाय नमः । 9.2nīla̍grīvā-śśiti̠kaṇṭhā̠ divagṃ̍ ru̠drā upa̍śritāḥ ।tēṣāgṃ̍ sahasrayōja̠nē-' va̠dhanvā̍ni tanmasi ।upakaṇṭhāya namaḥ । 9.2meaning
Blue-throated, grey-necked Rudras who dwell in the heavens — may we place their weapons a thousand leagues away. [Neck, verse 9.]
word by wordनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 53नम॑स्ते अ॒स्त्वायु॑धा॒या-ना॑तताय धृ॒ष्णवे᳚ ।उ॒भाभ्या॑मु॒त ते॒ नमो॑ बा॒हुभ्या॒-न्तव॒ धन्व॑ने ।बाहुभ्या-न्नमः । 10nama̍stē a̠stvāyu̍dhā̠yā-nā̍tatāya dhṛ̠ṣṇavē̎ ।u̠bhābhyā̍mu̠ta tē̠ namō̍ bā̠hubhyā̠-ntava̠ dhanva̍nē ।bāhubhyā-nnamaḥ । 10meaning
Homage to your weapon, strung and stretched and bold; homage to both your arms and your bow. [Arms, verse 10.]
word by wordनमस्तेNamasteSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations to You · Salutations to You [O Vayu]तेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman] - verse 54या ते॑ हे॒ति-र्मी॑ढुष्टम॒ हस्ते॑ ब॒भूव॑ ते॒ धनुः॑ ।तया॒-ऽस्मान् वि॒श्वत॒स्त्व-म॑य॒क्ष्मया॒ परि॑ब्भुज ।उपबाहुभ्या-न्नमः । 11yā tē̍ hē̠ti-rmī̍ḍhuṣṭama̠ hastē̍ ba̠bhūva̍ tē̠ dhanu̍ḥ ।tayā̠-'smān vi̠śvata̠stva-ma̍ya̠kṣmayā̠ pari̍bbhuja ।upabāhubhyā-nnamaḥ । 11meaning
O most generous one, your weapon is in your hand and your bow is there — with it encircle us all around, free from disease. [Forearms, verse 11.]
word by wordयाYaaTo go towardsतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · Heहस्तेHasteIn the HandधनुDhanuBow - verse 55परि॑णो रु॒द्रस्य॑ हे॒ति-र्वृ॑णक्तु॒ परि॑त्वे॒षस्य॑ दुर्म॒तिर॑घा॒योः ।अव॑ स्थि॒रा म॒घव॑द्भ्यः तनुष्व॒ मीढ्व॑स्तो॒काय॒ तन॑याय मृडय ।मणिबन्धाभ्या-न्नमः । 12pari̍ṇō ru̠drasya̍ hē̠ti-rvṛ̍ṇaktu̠ pari̍tvē̠ṣasya̍ durma̠tira̍ghā̠yōḥ ।ava̍ sthi̠rā ma̠ghava̍dbhyaḥ tanuṣva̠ mīḍhva̍stō̠kāya̠ tana̍yāya mṛḍaya ।maṇibandhābhyā-nnamaḥ । 12meaning
May the missile of Rudra, the bolt of the gleaming one, the ill-will of the harmful one, turn away from us; O liberal rain-giver, lay aside the shafts for the brave.
word by wordअवAvaA prefixतनयायTanayaayaTo the Daughterरुद्रRudraRudraस्थिरSthiraFirm, Strong, SteadyमृडMrddaShowing Compassion, Gracious - verse 56ये ती॒र्थानि॑ प्र॒चर॑न्ति सृ॒काव॑न्तो निष॒ङ्गिणः॑ ।तेषाग्ं॑ सहस्रयोज॒ने-ऽ व॒धन्वा॑नि तन्मसि ।हस्ताभ्या-न्नमः । 13yē tī̠rthāni̍ pra̠chara̍nti sṛ̠kāva̍ntō niṣa̠ṅgiṇa̍ḥ ।tēṣāgṃ̍ sahasrayōja̠nē-' va̠dhanvā̍ni tanmasi ।hastābhyā-nnamaḥ । 13meaning
Those who roam the sacred fords with arrows ready and quiver on the back — may we place their weapons a thousand leagues away. [Hands, verse 13.]
word by wordयेYeWho · Those who · Those · Whoever - verse 57स॒द्यो जा॒त-म्प्र॑पद्या॒मि॒ स॒द्यो जा॒ताय॒ वै नमो॒ नमः॑ ।भ॒वे भ॑वे॒ नाति॑ भवे भवस्व॒ माम् । भ॒वो-द्भ॑वाय॒ नमः॑ ॥अगुंष्ठाभ्या-न्नमः । 14.1sa̠dyō jā̠ta-mpra̍padyā̠mi̠ sa̠dyō jā̠tāya̠ vai namō̠ nama̍ḥ ।bha̠vē bha̍vē̠ nāti̍ bhavē bhavasva̠ mām । bha̠vō-dbha̍vāya̠ nama̍ḥ ॥aguṃṣṭhābhyā-nnamaḥ । 14.1meaning
I take refuge in the Suddenly-born, homage to the Suddenly-born; in every existence and beyond, be my refuge — homage to the source of existence.
word by wordसद्योSadyoNow (that You have destroyed the Races of Asuras filled with Your Anger)वैVaiA particle of affirmation or emphasis · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly, Certainly · Or · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly · A particle of emphasis and affirmation usually means indeed, truly, certainly · A particle of emphasis · Indeed, Truly, Verily; · Indeed, For emphasis · A particle for emphasis and affirmation · For emphasis, Truly, CertainlyनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsमाम्MaamMe · My · [May that Truth Protect] MeजटाJattaaTwisted Hair as worn by ascetics, Matted HairनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential SalutationभवBhavaComing into Existence, Birth, Production - verse 58वा॒म॒दे॒वाय॒ नमो᳚ ज्ये॒ष्ठाय॒ नमः॑ श्रे॒ष्ठाय॒ नमो॑ रु॒द्राय॒ नमः॒ काला॑य॒ नमः॒ कल॑विकरणाय॒ नमो॒ बल॑विकरणाय॒ नमो॒ बला॑य॒ नमो॒ बल॑प्रमथनाय॒ नम॒-स्सर्व॑भूतदमनाय॒ नमो॑ म॒नोन्म॑नाय॒ नमः॑ ।तर्जनीभ्या-न्नमः । 14.2vā̠ma̠dē̠vāya̠ namō̎ jyē̠ṣṭhāya̠ nama̍-śśrē̠ṣṭhāya̠ namō̍ ru̠drāya̠ nama̠ḥ kālā̍ya̠ nama̠ḥ kala̍vikaraṇāya̠ namō̠ bala̍vikaraṇāya̠ namō̠ balā̍ya̠ namō̠ bala̍pramathanāya̠ nama̠-ssarva̍bhūtadamanāya̠ namō̍ ma̠nōnma̍nāya̠ nama̍ḥ ।tarjanībhyā-nnamaḥ । 14.2meaning
Homage to Vāmadeva, to the eldest, the most excellent, to Rudra, to Time, to the dissolver of time, to the dissolver of strength, to Strength, to the crusher of might, to the tamer of all beings, to the one beyond mind.
word by wordनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsज्येष्ठJyesstthaBest, Most Excellent, Eldestरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential SalutationकलाKalaaA small part of anything, part of Moon, a division of Time, ArtबालBaalaChild - verse 59अ॒घोरे᳚भ्यो ऽथ॒घोरे᳚भ्यो॒ घोर॒घोर॑तरेभ्यः ।सर्वे᳚भ्य-स्सर्व॒ शर्वे᳚भ्यो॒ नम॑स्ते अस्तु रु॒द्र रू॑पेभ्यः ॥मद्ध्यमाभ्या-न्नमः । 14.3a̠ghōrē̎bhyō 'tha̠ghōrē̎bhyō̠ ghōra̠ghōra̍tarēbhyaḥ ।sarvē̎bhya-ssarva̠ śarvē̎bhyō̠ nama̍stē astu ru̠dra rū̍pēbhyaḥ ॥maddhyamābhyā-nnamaḥ । 14.3meaning
To those not fearsome, to those fearsome, and to those most fearsome — to all the forms of Śarva, to all forms of Rudra, be homage.
word by wordनमस्तेNamasteSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations to You · Salutations to You [O Vayu]अस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it soरुद्रःRudrahSri Shivaरुद्रRudraRudra - verse 60तत्पुरु॑षाय वि॒द्महे॑ महादे॒वाय॑ धीमहि ।तन्नो॑ रुद्रः प्रचो॒दया᳚त् ॥अनामिकाभ्या-न्नमः । 14.4tatpuru̍ṣāya vi̠dmahē̍ mahādē̠vāya̍ dhīmahi ।tannō̍ rudraḥ prachō̠dayā̎t ॥anāmikābhyā-nnamaḥ । 14.4meaning
We know Tatpuruṣa, we meditate on Mahādeva; may Rudra impel our thoughts. [Ring fingers, verse 14.4.]
word by wordविद्महेVidmaheWe KnowधीमहिDhiimahiLet us Meditate · [I] Meditateतन्नोTan-No[May] that [Fire of Durga awaken] our [Consciousness] · May that [Danti awaken] usरुद्रःRudrahSri Shivaप्रचोदयात्Pracodayaat[May that Fire of Durga] awaken [our Consciousness] · May it Inspire · Enlighten, Impel, AwakenमहादेवMahaadevaMahadeva - verse 61ईशान-स्सर्व॑विद्या॒ना॒-मीश्वर-स्सर्व॑भूता॒नां॒रह्माधि॑पति॒-र्ब्रह्म॒णो ऽधि॑पति॒-र्ब्रह्मा॑ शि॒वो मे॑ अस्तु सदाशि॒वोम् ॥कनिष्ठिकाभ्या-न्नमः । 14.5īśāna-ssarva̍vidyā̠nā̠-mīśvara-ssarva̍bhūtā̠nā̠ṃrahmādhi̍pati̠-rbrahma̠ṇō 'dhi̍pati̠-rbrahmā̍ śi̠vō mē̍ astu sadāśi̠vōm ॥kaniṣṭhikābhyā-nnamaḥ । 14.5meaning
Īśāna, lord of all knowledge, lord of all beings, sovereign of Brahman, master of Brahmā — may the eternal Śiva be my auspicious one.
word by wordशिवोShivoShivaमेMeTo me, of me · To me · Relates to Me · My · Please bestow Your Auspicious Blessings [on me] · (Please Make) my (undertakings Free of Obstacles) · Mine · of me, to meअस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it so - verse 62नमो॑ वः किरि॒केभ्यो॑ दे॒वाना॒ग्ं॒ हृद॑येभ्यः ।हृदयाय नमः । 15namō̍ vaḥ kiri̠kēbhyō̍ dē̠vānā̠gṃ̠ hṛda̍yēbhyaḥ ।hṛdayāya namaḥ । 15meaning
Homage to you who dwell in the hearts of the gods. [Heart, verse 15.]
word by wordनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsवाVaaOr · Just · Nevertheless · As, Like · Or, IndeedहृदयHrdayaHeartनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 63नमो॑ ग॒णेभ्यो॑ ग॒णप॑तिभ्यश्च वो॒ नमः॑ ।पृष्ठाय नमः । 16namō̍ ga̠ṇēbhyō̍ ga̠ṇapa̍tibhyaścha vō̠ nama̍ḥ ।pṛṣṭhāya namaḥ । 16meaning
Homage to the host-armies and to the lords of the hosts — homage to you all. [Back, verse 16.]
word by wordनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutationपृष्ठPrsstthaUpper side, Surface - verse 64नमो॒ हिर॑ण्यबाहवे सेना॒न्ये॑ दि॒शाञ्च॒ पत॑ये॒ नमः॑ ।पार्श्वाभ्या-न्नमः । 17namō̠ hira̍ṇyabāhavē sēnā̠nyē̍ di̠śāñcha̠ pata̍yē̠ nama̍ḥ ।pārśvābhyā-nnamaḥ । 17meaning
Homage to the golden-armed commander of armies, lord of all directions. [Flanks, verse 17.]
word by wordनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]पतयेPataye[Salutations] To the LordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 65विज्य॒-न्धनुः॑ कप॒र्दिनो॒ विश॑ल्यो॒ बाण॑वाग्ं उ॒त ।अने॑शन्न॒स्येष॑व आ॒भुर॑स्य निष॒ङ्गथिः॑ ।जठराय नमः । 18vijya̠-ndhanu̍ḥ kapa̠rdinō̠ viśa̍lyō̠ bāṇa̍vāgṃ u̠ta ।anē̍śanna̠syēṣa̍va ā̠bhura̍sya niṣa̠ṅgathi̍ḥ ।jaṭharāya namaḥ । 18meaning
The bowstring of the matted-haired one hangs loose, his arrows are harmless, his quiver is quiet. [Belly, verse 18.]
word by wordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsजठरJattharaWombनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 66हि॒र॒ण्य॒ग॒र्भ स्सम॑वर्त॒ताग्रे॑ भू॒तस्य॑ जा॒तः पति॒रेक॑ आसीत् ।सदा॑धार पृथि॒वी-न्द्यामु॒तेमा-ङ्कस्मै॑ दे॒वाय॑ ह॒विषा॑ विधेम ।नाभ्यै नमः । 19hi̠ra̠ṇya̠ga̠rbha ssama̍varta̠tāgrē̍ bhū̠tasya̍ jā̠taḥ pati̠rēka̍ āsīt ।sadā̍dhāra pṛthi̠vī-ndyāmu̠tēmā-ṅkasmai̍ dē̠vāya̍ ha̠viṣā̍ vidhēma ।nābhyai namaḥ । 19meaning
Hiraṇyagarbha arose at the beginning, the one lord of all that was born; he upheld heaven and earth — to that god let us offer oblation. [Navel, verse 19.]
word by wordजातJaataBorn ofदेवायDevaaya[Salutations to the] Divinity · to the LordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsभूतBhuutaWellbeing, ProsperityजातःJaatah[Will not gain] take BirthनाभिNaabhiNavelनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 67मीढु॑ष्टम॒ शिव॑तम शि॒वो न॑स्सु॒मना॑ भव ।प॒र॒मे वृ॒क्ष आयु॑ध-न्नि॒धाय॒ कृत्तिं॒-वँसा॑न॒ आच॑र॒ पिना॑क॒-म्बिभ्र॒दाग॑हि ।कठ्यै नमः । 20mīḍhu̍ṣṭama̠ śiva̍tama śi̠vō na̍ssu̠manā̍ bhava ।pa̠ra̠mē vṛ̠kṣa āyu̍dha-nni̠dhāya̠ kṛtti̠ṃ vasā̍na̠ ācha̍ra̠ pinā̍ka̠-mbibhra̠dāga̍hi ।kaṭhyai namaḥ । 20meaning
O most generous, most auspicious one, be gracious to us; at the supreme tree lay down your weapon, put on your hide garment, O Pinākaholder. [Back, verse 20.]
word by wordशिवोShivoShivaभवBhavaComing into Existence, Birth, Productionवृक्षVrkssaTreeनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsपरमParamaSupremeकृत्तिंKrttim[Who wears the] Hide [of the best of Elephants]वसानाVasaanaa(O Mother, Please) reside (in my Heart as a Compassionate Mother)आचारAacaaraCustom, Traditional ConductनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 68ये भू॒ताना॒-मधि॑पतयो विशि॒खासः॑ कप॒र्दि॑नः ।तेषाग्ं॑ सहस्रयोज॒ने ऽव॒धन्वा॑नि तन्मसि ।गुह्याय नमः । 21yē bhū̠tānā̠-madhi̍patayō viśi̠khāsa̍ḥ kapa̠rdi̍naḥ ।tēṣāgṃ̍ sahasrayōja̠nē 'va̠dhanvā̍ni tanmasi ।guhyāya namaḥ । 21meaning
Those who are lords of beings, bearing arrows, matted-haired — may we place their weapons a thousand leagues away. [Secret parts, verse 21.]
word by wordयेYeWho · Those who · Those · WhoeverनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsगुह्यGuhyaHiddenनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 69ये अन्ने॑षु वि॒विद्ध्य॑न्ति॒ पात्रे॑षु॒ पिब॑तो॒ जनान्॑ ।तेषाग्ं॑ सहस्रयोज॒ने-ऽ व॒धन्वा॑नि तन्मसि ।अण्डाभ्या-न्नमः । 22yē annē̍ṣu vi̠viddhya̍nti̠ pātrē̍ṣu̠ piba̍tō̠ janān̍ ।tēṣāgṃ̍ sahasrayōja̠nē-' va̠dhanvā̍ni tanmasi ।aṇḍābhyā-nnamaḥ । 22meaning
Those who pierce eaters in their vessels while they drink — may we place their weapons a thousand leagues away. [Private parts, verse 22.]
word by wordयेYeWho · Those who · Those · Whoever - verse 70स॒ शि॒रा जा॒तवे॑दा अ॒क्षर॑-म्पर॒म-म्प॒दम् ।वेदा॑ना॒ग्ं॒ शिर॑सि मा॒ता॒ आ॒यु॒ष्मन्त॑-ङ्करोतु॒ माम् ।अपानाय नमः । 23sa̠ śi̠rā jā̠tavē̍dā a̠kṣara̍-mpara̠ma-mpa̠dam ।vēdā̍nā̠gṃ̠ śira̍si mā̠tā̠ ā̠yu̠ṣmanta̍-ṅkarōtu̠ mām ।apānāya namaḥ । 23meaning
Jātavedas with his shining flame, the eternal and supreme state — may the mother of the Vedas make me full of life. [Lower breath, verse 23.]
word by wordसःSahHeशिरसिShirasi[Who wears the Feather of a Peacock] over His HeadमाताMaataaMotherमाम्MaamMe · My · [May that Truth Protect] MeनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsसाSaaSheशिरShiraHeadअपानApaanaApanaनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 71मा नो॑ म॒हान्त॑मु॒त मा नो॑ अर्भ॒क-म्मा न॒ उक्ष॑न्तमु॒त मा न॑ उक्षि॒तम् ।मा नो॑ वधीः पि॒तर॒-म्मोत मा॒तर॑-म्प्रि॒या मा न॑स्त॒नुवो॑ रुद्र रीरिषः ।ऊरुभ्या-न्नमः । 24mā nō̍ ma̠hānta̍mu̠ta mā nō̍ arbha̠ka-mmā na̠ ukṣa̍ntamu̠ta mā na̍ ukṣi̠tam ।mā nō̍ vadhīḥ pi̠tara̠-mmōta mā̠tara̍-mpri̠yā mā na̍sta̠nuvō̍ rudra rīriṣaḥ ।ūrubhyā-nnamaḥ । 24meaning
Slay not our great ones nor our little ones, not the growing bull nor the grown — slay not our father nor our mother, O Rudra, and harm not our bodies.
word by wordमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, RoarनोNoNot · Us · Us, Our · Us, of us, to us · Towards UsनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, Ourरुद्रःRudrahSri ShivaनNaNot · Us, Our · [There are] no [Mantras or Medicine available, even a trace which can accomplish Uccatana etc.] · Us, of us, to us · The letter Nna · Not, Us · Not, No, Nor, Neitherरुद्रRudraRudra - verse 72ए॒ष ते॑ रुद्रभा॒ग-स्तञ्जु॑षस्व॒ तेना॑व॒सेन॑ प॒रोमूज॑व॒तो-ऽती॒ह्यव॑तत-धन्वा॒ पिना॑कहस्तः॒ कृत्ति॑वासाः ।जानुभ्या-न्नमः । 25ē̠ṣa tē̍ rudrabhā̠ga-stañju̍ṣasva̠ tēnā̍va̠sēna̍ pa̠rōmūja̍va̠tō-'tī̠hyava̍tata-dhanvā̠ pinā̍kahasta̠ḥ kṛtti̍vāsāḥ ।jānubhyā-nnamaḥ । 25meaning
This is your portion, O Rudra — accept it with that grace; with it pass beyond Mūjavant, O unstrung-bowed, hide-clad one. [Thighs, verse 26.]
word by wordएषEssaHe · ThisतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeपरोParo[By Whose Mercy Enemies are eradicated and one finally attains the] highest [Moksha, Why should'nt She be Praised by the People?] · Supreme - verse 73स॒ग्ं॒ सृ॒ष्ट॒जिथ्सो॑म॒पा बा॑हु-श॒र्ध्यू᳚र्ध्व ध॑न्वा॒ प्रति॑हिता-भि॒रस्ता᳚ ।बृह॑स्पते॒ परि॑दीया॒ रथे॑न रक्षो॒हा-ऽमित्राग्ं॑ अप॒बाध॑मानः ।जङ्घाभ्या-न्नमः । 26sa̠gṃ̠ sṛ̠ṣṭa̠jithsō̍ma̠pā bā̍hu-śa̠rdhyū̎rdhva dha̍nvā̠ prati̍hitā-bhi̠rastā̎ ।bṛha̍spatē̠ pari̍dīyā̠ rathē̍na rakṣō̠hā-'mitrāgṃ̍ apa̠bādha̍mānaḥ ।jaṅghābhyā-nnamaḥ । 26meaning
Victory-bringing, Soma-drinking, broad-shouldered, upward-bowed — may Bṛhaspati on his chariot ward off demons and enemies from us.
word by wordरथRathaChariot - verse 74विश्व॑-म्भू॒त-म्भुव॑न-ञ्चि॒त्र-म्ब॑हु॒धा जा॒त-ञ्जाय॑मान-ञ्च॒ यत् ।सर्वो॒ ह्ये॑ष रु॒द्र-स्तस्मै॑ रु॒द्राय॒ नमो॑ अस्तु ॥गुल्फाभ्या-न्नमः । 27viśva̍-mbhū̠ta-mbhuva̍na-ñchi̠tra-mba̍hu̠dhā jā̠ta-ñjāya̍māna-ñcha̠ yat ।sarvō̠ hyē̍ṣa ru̠dra-stasmai̍ ru̠drāya̠ namō̍ astu ॥gulphābhyā-nnamaḥ । 27meaning
All that exists, all worlds and beings taken together — all this is Rudra; to that Rudra let there be homage.
word by wordयत्YatWhichनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]अस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it soरुद्रRudraRudra - verse 75ये प॒था-म्प॑थि॒रक्ष॑य ऐलबृ॒दा य॒व्युधः॑ ।तेषाग्ं॑ सहस्रयोज॒ने ऽव॒धन्वा॑नि तन्मसि ।पादाभ्या-न्नमः । 28yē pa̠thā-mpa̍thi̠rakṣa̍ya ailabṛ̠dā ya̠vyudha̍ḥ ।tēṣāgṃ̍ sahasrayōja̠nē 'va̠dhanvā̍ni tanmasi ।pādābhyā-nnamaḥ । 28meaning
Those guardians of the paths, the Ailabṛdas, without quivers — may we place their weapons a thousand leagues away. [Feet, verse 28.]
word by wordयेYeWho · Those who · Those · Whoever - verse 76अद्ध्य॑वोच-दधिव॒क्ता प्र॑थ॒मो दैव्यो॑ भि॒षक् ।अहीग्॑श्च॒ सर्वा᳚न् ज॒भंयँ॒-न्थ्सर्वा᳚श्च यातु धा॒न्यः॑ ।कवचाय हुम् । 29addhya̍vōcha-dadhiva̠ktā pra̍tha̠mō daivyō̍ bhi̠ṣak ।ahīg̍ścha̠ sarvā̎n ja̠bhaṃya̠-nthsarvā̎ścha yātu dhā̠nya̍ḥ ।kavachāya hum । 29meaning
The primal divine physician spoke; may he subdue all serpents and all demons. [Armor, verse 29.]
word by wordसर्वान्SarvaanAllयातुYaatuPlease direct me towards [the rememberance of Your Names]धान्यDhaanyaFoodgrainधन्यDhanyaFortunate - verse 77नमो॑ बि॒ल्मिने॑ च कव॒चिने॑ च॒नमः॑ श्रु॒ताय॑ च श्रुतसे॒नाय॑ च ।उपकवचाय हुम् । 30namō̍ bi̠lminē̍ cha kava̠chinē̍ cha̠nama̍-śśru̠tāya̍ cha śrutasē̠nāya̍ cha ।upakavachāya hum । 30meaning
Homage to the shield-bearer and the armor-bearer; homage to the renowned one and his renowned army. [Outer armor, verse 30.]
word by wordनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]चCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutations - verse 78नमो॑ अस्तु॒ नील॑ग्रीवाय सहस्रा॒क्षाय॑ मी॒ढुषे᳚ ।अथो॒ ये अ॑स्य॒ सत्वा॑नो॒-ऽह-न्तेभ्यो॑-ऽकर॒न्नमः॑ ।तृतीय नेत्राय नमः । 31namō̍ astu̠ nīla̍grīvāya sahasrā̠kṣāya̍ mī̠ḍhuṣē̎ ।athō̠ yē a̍sya̠ satvā̍nō̠-'ha-ntēbhyō̍-'kara̠nnama̍ḥ ।tṛtīya nētrāya namaḥ । 31meaning
Homage to the blue-throated, thousand-eyed, generous one; I offer homage to all his attendants. [Third eye, verse 31.]
word by wordनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]अस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it soयेYeWho · Those who · Those · Whoeverअस्यAsyaOf thisतृतीयTrtiiyaThirdनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsनेत्रNetraEyesनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 79प्रमु॑ञ्च॒ धन्व॑न॒स्त्व-मु॒भयो॒-रार्त्नि॑यो॒र्ज्याम् ।याश्च॑ ते॒ हस्त॒ इष॑वः॒ परा॒ ता भ॑गवो वप ।अस्त्राय फट् । 32pramu̍ñcha̠ dhanva̍na̠stva-mu̠bhayō̠-rārtni̍yō̠rjyām ।yāścha̍ tē̠ hasta̠ iṣa̍va̠ḥ parā̠ tā bha̍gavō vapa ।astrāya phaṭ । 32meaning
Unstring your bow from both its tips; let the arrows in your hand fall away, O blessed one. [Weapon syllable Phaṭ, verse 32.]
word by wordतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · Heहस्तHastaHandपराParaaTranscendental, Supreme · Knowledge relating to the divine · Supreme · Highest degree · Highest point or degree · Who is of transcendental natureपरParaFollowing, Succeeding, Highest, SupremeतTaThatअस्त्रAstraWeapon - verse 80य ए॒ताव॑न्तश्च॒ भूयाग्ं॑सश्च॒ दिशो॑ रु॒द्रा वि॑तस्थि॒रे ।तेषाग्ं॑॑ सहस्रयोज॒ने ऽव॒धन्वा॑नि तन्मसि ।इति दिग्बन्धः । 33ya ē̠tāva̍ntaścha̠ bhūyāgṃ̍saścha̠ diśō̍ ru̠drā vi̍tasthi̠rē ।tēṣāgṃ̍̍ sahasrayōja̠nē 'va̠dhanvā̍ni tanmasi ।iti digbandhaḥ । 33meaning
All those Rudras spread out in every direction in countless numbers — may we place their weapons a thousand leagues away. [Directional binding complete, verse 33.]
word by wordयःYahHe WhoदिशोDisho[Connecting the] Directions [guarding them with Her Thousand Arms]इतिItiRefers to something that precedesयाYaaTo go towardsरुद्रRudraRudra - verse 814. दशाङ्ग न्यासःओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । इति नमस्कारा-न्न्यसे᳚त् ॥ॐ ओ-म्मूर्थ्ने नमः (मूर्ध्नि) ।ओ-न्न-न्नासिकायै नमः (नासिकाग्रः) ।ओ-म्मों-लँलटाय नमः (ललाटः) ।ओ-म्भ-म्मुखाय नमः (मुखाम्) ।ओ-ङ्ग-ङ्कण्ठाय नमः (कण्ठः) ।ॐ-वंँ हृदयाय नमः (हृदयः) ।ओ-न्ते-न्दक्षिण हस्ताय नमः (दक्षिण हस्तः) ।ॐ रुं-वाँम हस्ताय नमः (वाम हस्तः) ।ओ-न्द्रा-न्नाभ्यै नमः (नाभ्ही) ।ॐ-यँ-म्पादाभ्या-न्नमः (पादौ) ॥[अप उपस्पृश्य]4. daśāṅga nyāsaḥō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । iti namaskārā-nnyasē̎t ॥ōṃ ō-mmūrthnē namaḥ (mūrdhni) ।ō-nna-nnāsikāyai namaḥ (nāsikāgraḥ) ।ō-mmōṃ lalaṭāya namaḥ (lalāṭaḥ) ।ō-mbha-mmukhāya namaḥ (mukhām) ।ō-ṅga-ṅkaṇṭhāya namaḥ (kaṇṭhaḥ) ।ōṃ vaṃ hṛdayāya namaḥ (hṛdayaḥ) ।ō-ntē-ndakṣiṇa hastāya namaḥ (dakṣiṇa hastaḥ) ।ōṃ ruṃ vāma hastāya namaḥ (vāma hastaḥ) ।ō-ndrā-nnābhyai namaḥ (nābhhī) ।ōṃ ya-mpādābhyā-nnamaḥ (pādau) ॥[apa upaspṛśya]meaning
Section 4: Ten-limb Nyāsa. Om — homage to the blessed Rudra — place the salutation; Om to the crown, nose, eyes, ears, throat, heart, navel, back, limbs, and feet.
word by wordन्यासNyaasaApplying, Resigning [oneself]इतिItiRefers to something that precedesॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsललाटLalaattaForehead, Browकण्ठKanntthathe Throat, the NeckहृदयंHrdayamHeartदक्षिणDakssinnaSouthहस्तHastaHandवामVaamaLeftपादौPaadauFeet · [From the Tejas of Brahma came into being Her Pada] FeetअपःApahWaterभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential SalutationमुखMukhaFaceहृदयHrdayaHeartनाभिNaabhiNavel - verse 825. पञ्चाङ्ग न्यासःस॒द्यो जा॒त-म्प्र॑पद्या॒मि॒ स॒द्यो जा॒ताय॒ वै नमो॒ नमः॑ ।भ॒वे भ॑वे॒ नाति॑भवे भवस्व॒ माम् । भ॒वो-द्भ॑वाय॒ नमः॑ ॥पादाभ्या-न्नमः । 1[अप उपस्पृश्य]5. pañchāṅga nyāsaḥsa̠dyō jā̠ta-mpra̍padyā̠mi̠ sa̠dyō jā̠tāya̠ vai namō̠ nama̍ḥ ।bha̠vē bha̍vē̠ nāti̍bhavē bhavasva̠ mām । bha̠vō-dbha̍vāya̠ nama̍ḥ ॥pādābhyā-nnamaḥ । 1[apa upaspṛśya]meaning
Section 5: Five-limb Nyāsa. I take refuge in the Suddenly-born, homage to the Suddenly-born; in every existence and beyond, be my refuge — homage to the source of existence.
word by wordन्यासNyaasaApplying, Resigning [oneself]सद्योSadyoNow (that You have destroyed the Races of Asuras filled with Your Anger)वैVaiA particle of affirmation or emphasis · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly, Certainly · Or · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly · A particle of emphasis and affirmation usually means indeed, truly, certainly · A particle of emphasis · Indeed, Truly, Verily; · Indeed, For emphasis · A particle for emphasis and affirmation · For emphasis, Truly, CertainlyनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsमाम्MaamMe · My · [May that Truth Protect] MeअपःApahWaterजटाJattaaTwisted Hair as worn by ascetics, Matted HairनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential SalutationभवBhavaComing into Existence, Birth, Production - verse 83वा॒म॒दे॒वाय॒ नमो᳚ ज्ये॒ष्ठाय॒ नमः॑ श्रे॒ष्ठाय॒ नमो॑ रु॒द्राय॒ नमः॒काला॑य॒ नमः॒ कल॑विकरणाय॒ नमो॒ बल॑विकरणाय॒ नमो॒ बला॑य॒ नमो॒बल॑प्रमथनाय॒ नम॒ स्सर्व॑भूतदमनाय॒ नमो॑ म॒नोन्म॑नाय॒ नमः॑ ।ऊरुमध्यमाभ्या-न्नमः । 2vā̠ma̠dē̠vāya̠ namō̎ jyē̠ṣṭhāya̠ nama̍-śśrē̠ṣṭhāya̠ namō̍ ru̠drāya̠ nama̠ḥkālā̍ya̠ nama̠ḥ kala̍vikaraṇāya̠ namō̠ bala̍vikaraṇāya̠ namō̠ balā̍ya̠ namō̠bala̍pramathanāya̠ nama̠ ssarva̍bhūtadamanāya̠ namō̍ ma̠nōnma̍nāya̠ nama̍ḥ ।ūrumadhyamābhyā-nnamaḥ । 2meaning
Homage to Vāmadeva, to the eldest, the most excellent, to Rudra, to Time, to the dissolver of time, to the dissolver of strength, to Strength, to the crusher of might, to the tamer of all beings, to the one beyond mind.
word by wordनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsज्येष्ठJyesstthaBest, Most Excellent, Eldestरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential SalutationकलाKalaaA small part of anything, part of Moon, a division of Time, ArtबालBaalaChildनामNaamaName - verse 84अ॒घोरे᳚भ्यो ऽथ॒घोरे᳚भ्यो॒ घोर॒घोर॑तरेभ्यः ।सर्वे᳚भ्य-स्सर्व॒ शर्वे᳚भ्यो॒ नम॑स्ते अस्तु रु॒द्ररू॑पेभ्यः ॥हृदयाय नमः । 3a̠ghōrē̎bhyō 'tha̠ghōrē̎bhyō̠ ghōra̠ghōra̍tarēbhyaḥ ।sarvē̎bhya-ssarva̠ śarvē̎bhyō̠ nama̍stē astu ru̠drarū̍pēbhyaḥ ॥hṛdayāya namaḥ । 3meaning
To those not fearsome, to those fearsome, and to those most fearsome — to all the forms of Śarva, to all forms of Rudra, be homage. [Heart placement.]
word by wordनमस्तेNamasteSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations to You · Salutations to You [O Vayu]अस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it soनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsहृदयHrdayaHeartनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 85तत्पुरु॑षाय वि॒द्महे॑ महादे॒वाय॑ धीमहि ।तन्नो॑ रुद्रः प्रचो॒दया᳚त् ॥मुखाय नमः । 4tatpuru̍ṣāya vi̠dmahē̍ mahādē̠vāya̍ dhīmahi ।tannō̍ rudraḥ prachō̠dayā̎t ॥mukhāya namaḥ । 4meaning
We know Tatpuruṣa, we meditate on Mahādeva; may Rudra impel our thoughts. [Mouth, verse 4.]
word by wordविद्महेVidmaheWe KnowधीमहिDhiimahiLet us Meditate · [I] Meditateतन्नोTan-No[May] that [Fire of Durga awaken] our [Consciousness] · May that [Danti awaken] usरुद्रःRudrahSri Shivaप्रचोदयात्Pracodayaat[May that Fire of Durga] awaken [our Consciousness] · May it Inspire · Enlighten, Impel, AwakenनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsमहादेवMahaadevaMahadevaमुखMukhaFaceनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 86ईशान-स्सर्व॑विद्या॒ना॒-मीश्वरसर्व॑ भूता॒नां॒ब्रह्माधि॑पति॒-र्ब्रह्म॒णो-ऽधि॑पति॒-र्ब्रह्मा॑ शि॒वो मे॑ अस्तु सदाशि॒वोम् ॥मूर्ध्ने नमः । 5īśāna-ssarva̍vidyā̠nā̠-mīśvarasarva̍ bhūtā̠nā̠ṃbrahmādhi̍pati̠-rbrahma̠ṇō-'dhi̍pati̠-rbrahmā̍ śi̠vō mē̍ astu sadāśi̠vōm ॥mūrdhnē namaḥ । 5meaning
Īśāna, lord of all knowledge, lord of all beings, sovereign of Brahman, master of Brahmā — may the eternal Śiva be my auspicious one.
word by wordशिवोShivoShivaमेMeTo me, of me · To me · Relates to Me · My · Please bestow Your Auspicious Blessings [on me] · (Please Make) my (undertakings Free of Obstacles) · Mine · of me, to meअस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it soनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsभुतानांBhutaanaamOf BeingsनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 875.1 हंस गायत्रीअस्य श्री हंसगायत्री महामन्त्रस्य, अव्यक्त परब्रह्म ऋषिः,अनुष्टु-प्छन्दः, परमहंसो देवता ।हंसा-म्बीजम्, हंसीं शक्तिः । हंसू-ङ्कीलकम् ।परमहंस प्रसाद सिद्ध्यर्थे जपे विनियोगः ॥ 15.1 haṃsa gāyatrīasya śrī haṃsagāyatrī mahāmantrasya, avyakta parabrahma ṛṣiḥ,anuṣṭu-pChandaḥ, paramahaṃsō dēvatā ।haṃsā-mbījam, haṃsīṃ śaktiḥ । haṃsū-ṅkīlakam ।paramahaṃsa prasāda siddhyarthē japē viniyōgaḥ ॥ 1meaning
Section 5.1: Haṃsa Gāyatrī — this mahāmantra has the unmanifest Parabrahman as its seer, Anuṣṭubh as its meter, and Paramahaṃsa as its deity.
word by wordहसHasaMirth, Laughterअस्यAsyaOf thisश्रीShriiBeauty, Splendour, Lustreपरब्रह्मParabrahmaSupreme Brahman · ParabrahmanऋषिःRssih(composed by Narayana) Rishi, Sage · RishiदेवताःDevataahGodsशक्तिShaktiShaktiप्रसादPrasaadathrough Kindness, Favour or GraceविनियोगःViniyogah(This Stotra is to be) Used forहंसHamsaSwanदेवताDevataaDivinityहंसिHamsi[This Universe] You Destroy - verse 88करन्यासः -हंसां अगुंष्ठाभ्या-न्नमः । हंसी-न्तर्जनीभ्या-न्नमः ।हंसूं - मद्ध्यमाभ्या-न्नमः । हंसैं - अनामिकाभ्या-न्नमः ।हंसौं - कनिष्ठिकाभ्या-न्नमः । हंसः-करतल करपृष्ठाभ्या-न्नमः । 2karanyāsaḥ -haṃsāṃ aguṃṣṭhābhyā-nnamaḥ । haṃsī-ntarjanībhyā-nnamaḥ ।haṃsūṃ - maddhyamābhyā-nnamaḥ । haṃsaiṃ - anāmikābhyā-nnamaḥ ।haṃsauṃ - kaniṣṭhikābhyā-nnamaḥ । haṃsaḥ-karatala karapṛṣṭhābhyā-nnamaḥ । 2meaning
Kara Nyāsa — placement of the Haṃsa syllables on the thumbs, index fingers, middle fingers, ring fingers, little fingers, and backs of both hands with salutation.
word by wordहंसHamsaSwan - verse 89हृदयादि न्यासः -हंसां - हृदयाय नमः । हंसीं - शिरसे स्वाहा ।हंसूं - शिखायै वषट् । हंसैं - कवचाय हुम् ।हंसौं - नेत्रत्रयाय वौषट् । हंसः - अस्त्राय फट् ॥ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुव॒रोमिति दिग्बन्धः । 3hṛdayādi nyāsaḥ -haṃsāṃ - hṛdayāya namaḥ । haṃsīṃ - śirasē svāhā ।haṃsūṃ - śikhāyai vaṣaṭ । haṃsaiṃ - kavachāya hum ।haṃsauṃ - nētratrayāya vauṣaṭ । haṃsaḥ - astrāya phaṭ ॥ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̠rōmiti digbandhaḥ । 3meaning
Hṛdayādi Nyāsa — placement of Haṃsa syllables on the heart, head, tuft, armor, eyes, and directions with their respective ritual exclamations.
word by wordन्यासNyaasaApplying, Resigning [oneself]नमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsस्वाहाSvaahaaWho is the final receiver of the Sacrificial Oblations to Gods · Sacrificial Oblation to Gods · Swaha, mantra uttered in the sacrifice for the gods · Swaha, Sacrificial oblations to the godsहसHasaMirth, LaughterहंसHamsaSwanहृदयHrdayaHeartनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential SalutationहंसिHamsi[This Universe] You DestroyशिरसाShirasaa[Who is to be Saluted] by bowing the Head · By [bowing the] Head · On the Head · [I reverentially bow down] my Head [to Shambhu] · Foremost · [Bowing my] HeadवसVasaDwelling, Residenceअस्त्रAstraWeapon - verse 90ध्यानं -गमागमस्थ-ङ्गमनादिशून्य-ञ्चि-द्रूपदीप-न्तिमिरापहारम् ।पश्यामि ते सर्वजनान्तरस्थ-न्नमामि हंस-म्परमात्मरूपम् ॥ 4dhyānaṃ -gamāgamastha-ṅgamanādiśūnya-ñchi-drūpadīpa-ntimirāpahāram ।paśyāmi tē sarvajanāntarastha-nnamāmi haṃsa-mparamātmarūpam ॥ 4meaning
Meditation: free from coming and going, a lamp of pure consciousness that dispels darkness — the supreme Swan dwelling in the hearts of all beings, I behold and bow to you.
word by wordध्यानंDhyaanamMeditationतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · He - verse 91देहो देवालयः प्रोक्तो जीवो देव-स्सनातनः ।त्यजेदज्ञाननिर्माल्यं सो-ऽहम्भावेन पूजयेत् ॥dēhō dēvālayaḥ prōktō jīvō dēva-ssanātanaḥ ।tyajēdajñānanirmālyaṃ sō-'hambhāvēna pūjayēt ॥meaning
The body is declared to be the temple; the individual soul is the eternal deity within — casting aside the refuse of ignorance, worship with the sense of 'I am that.'
- verse 92हं॒स हं॒साय॑ वि॒द्महे॑ परमहं॒साय॑ धीमहि ।तन्नो॑ हंसः प्रचो॒दया᳚त् ॥ 5(इति त्रिवार-ञ्जपित्वा)ha̠ṃsa ha̠ṃsāya̍ vi̠dmahē̍ paramaha̠ṃsāya̍ dhīmahi ।tannō̍ haṃsaḥ prachō̠dayā̎t ॥ 5(iti trivāra-ñjapitvā)meaning
We know the Swan; we meditate upon the supreme Swan; may that Swan illumine our thoughts. [Chanted three times.]
word by wordहसHasaMirth, Laughterविद्महेVidmaheWe KnowधीमहिDhiimahiLet us Meditate · [I] Meditateतन्नोTan-No[May] that [Fire of Durga awaken] our [Consciousness] · May that [Danti awaken] usप्रचोदयात्Pracodayaat[May that Fire of Durga] awaken [our Consciousness] · May it Inspire · Enlighten, Impel, AwakenइतिItiRefers to something that precedesहंसHamsaSwan - verse 93हंस हं॒सेति यो ब्रूया-धंसो (ब्रूयाद्धंसो) नाम सदाशिवः ।एव-न्न्यास विधि-ङ्कृत्वा तत-स्सम्पुटमारभेत् ॥ 6haṃsa ha̠ṃsēti yō brūyā-dhaṃsō (brūyāddhaṃsō) nāma sadāśivaḥ ।ēva-nnyāsa vidhi-ṅkṛtvā tata-ssampuṭamārabhēt ॥ 6meaning
One who repeats 'haṃsa haṃsa' — that very Haṃsa is the eternal Śiva; having performed the nyāsa ritual thus, one then begins the sampuṭa encasement.
word by wordहसHasaMirth, LaughterयोYoHe who [after unpinning the Keelaka makes Her manifest and then recites the Chandi by constantly dwelling on Her Conscious Form] · He Who · He · Which · WhoनामNaamaNameसदाशिवSadaashivaSri SadashivaहंसHamsaSwan - verse 945.2 दिक् सम्पुटन्यासः (सम्पुटीकरणम्)5.2 dik sampuṭanyāsaḥ (sampuṭīkaraṇam)meaning
Section 5.2: Directional Encasement (Sampuṭīkaraṇam).
- verse 95इन्द्रादी-न्दिक्षुविन्यस्य ।indrādī-ndikṣuvinyasya ।meaning
Having placed the guardians of the directions — Indra and the rest — in each direction.
- verse 96ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ ओम् ।त्रा॒तार॒मिन्द्र॑ मवि॒तार॒मिन्द्र॒ग्ं॒ हवे॑ हवे सु॒हव॒ग्ं॒ शूर॒मिन्द्र᳚म् ।हु॒वे नु श॒क्र-म्पु॑रुहू॒तमिन्द्रग्ग्॑ स्व॒स्ति नो॑ म॒घवा॑ धा॒त्विन्द्रः॑ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । ॐ ओम् ।पूर्वदिग्भागे इन्द्राय नमः ॥ 1 (तै.सं.1-6-12-50)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ ōm ।trā̠tāra̠mindra̍ mavi̠tāra̠mindra̠g̠ṃ havē̍ havē su̠hava̠g̠ṃ śūra̠mindra̎m ।hu̠vē nu śa̠kra-mpu̍ruhū̠tamindragg̍ sva̠sti nō̍ ma̠ghavā̍ dhā̠tvindra̍ḥ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । ōṃ ōm ।pūrvadigbhāgē indrāya namaḥ ॥ 1 (tai.saṃ.1-6-12-50)meaning
Om — earth, atmosphere, heaven; Om Om. O Indra, most readily invoked and mighty — we call upon the heroic Indra again and again. [East.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the Parabrahmanस्वस्तिSvastiWell-Being, Happily, AuspiciouslyनोNoNot · Us · Us, Our · Us, of us, to us · Towards UsनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraइन्द्रIndraChief, KingनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 97ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ओ-न्नम् ।त्व-न्नो॑ अग्ने॒ वरु॑णस्य वि॒द्वान्दे॒वस्य॒ हेडो-ऽव॑ यासिसीष्ठाः ।यजि॑ष्ठो॒ वह्नि॑तम॒-श्शोशु॑चानो॒ विश्वा॒ द्वेषाग्ं॑सि॒ प्रमु॑मुग्ध्य॒स्मत् ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । नं ओम् ।आग्नेयदिग्भागे अग्नये नमः ॥ 2 (तै.सं.2-5-12-72)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ō-nnam ।tva-nnō̍ agnē̠ varu̍ṇasya vi̠dvāndē̠vasya̠ hēḍō-'va̍ yāsisīṣṭhāḥ ।yaji̍ṣṭhō̠ vahni̍tama̠-śśōśu̍chānō̠ viśvā̠ dvēṣāg̍ṃsi̠ pramu̍mugdhya̠smat ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । naṃ ōm ।āgnēyadigbhāgē agnayē namaḥ ॥ 2 (tai.saṃ.2-5-12-72)meaning
Om — earth, atmosphere, heaven; Om Nam. You, O Agni, knowing as Varuṇa — avert his anger; most worthy of worship, come to us. [South.]
word by wordअग्नेAgneO Agni [Fire of Durga]विश्वाVishvaaWorld · UniverseनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsवारुणVaarunnaVarunaविश्वVishvaWorld, UniveseभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनम्NamTo Bow, To SaluteॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 98ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ओ-म्मोम् ।सु॒ग-न्नः॒ पन्था॒मभ॑य-ङ्कृणोतु । यस्मि॒न्नक्ष॑त्रे य॒म एति॒ राजा᳚ ।यस्मि॑न्नेनम॒भ्यषि॑ञ्चन्त दे॒वाः । तद॑स्य चि॒त्रग्ं ह॒विषा॑ यजाम ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । मों ओम् ।दक्षिणदिग्भागे यमाय नमः ॥ 3 (तै.ब्रा.3-1-2-11-23)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ō-mmōm ।su̠ga-nna̠ḥ panthā̠mabha̍ya-ṅkṛṇōtu । yasmi̠nnakṣa̍trē ya̠ma ēti̠ rājā̎ ।yasmi̍nnēnama̠bhyaṣi̍ñchanta dē̠vāḥ । tada̍sya chi̠tragṃ ha̠viṣā̍ yajāma ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । mōṃ ōm ।dakṣiṇadigbhāgē yamāya namaḥ ॥ 3 (tai.brā.3-1-2-11-23)meaning
Om — earth, atmosphere, heaven; Om Mom. May he make a safe fearless path for us, he in whose constellation Yama the king travels. [West.]
word by wordयमYamaYamaएतिEtiArrival, ApproachदेवाDevaaDeva, God · DevaनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsराजRaajaKing, Chief or Best of its kindदेवाःDevaahGods · Devas, Gods · DevasतदाTadaaThenभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 99ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ओ-म्भम् ।असु॑न्वन्त॒मय॑जमानमिच्छ स्ते॒नस्ये॒त्यान्तस्क॑र॒स्यान्वे॑षि ।अ॒न्यम॒स्मदि॑च्छ॒ सा त॑ इ॒त्या नमो॑ देवि निर्.ऋते॒ तुभ्य॑मस्तु ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । भं ओम् ।निर्-ऋतिदिग्भागे निर्-ऋतये नमः ॥ 4 (तै.सं.4-2-5-21)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ō-mbham ।asu̍nvanta̠maya̍jamānamichCha stē̠nasyē̠tyāntaska̍ra̠syānvē̍ṣi ।a̠nyama̠smadi̍chCha̠ sā ta̍ i̠tyā namō̍ dēvi nir.ṛtē̠ tubhya̍mastu ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । bhaṃ ōm ।nir-ṛtidigbhāgē nir-ṛtayē namaḥ ॥ 4 (tai.saṃ.4-2-5-21)meaning
Om — earth, atmosphere, heaven; Om Bham. He seeks out the one who presses no Soma, the thief who sneaks — may he seek another and not us. [Northwest.]
word by wordसाSaaSheतंTamHim · To You · That · ThenनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]देविDeviDevi · O Devi · Goddess · Devi, Goddess · O Devi, O Divine Mother · O Devi (Mahalakshmi)नमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsतTaThatइत्यItyaTo be gone to or towardsदेवीDeviiDeviभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraभाBhaaLustre, SplendourॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 100ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ओ-ङ्गम् ।तत्त्वा॑ यामि॒ ब्रह्म॑णा॒ वन्द॑मान॒स्तदा शा᳚स्ते॒ यज॑मानो ह॒विर्भिः॑ ।अहे॑डमानो वरुणे॒ह बो॒ध्युरु॑शग्ंस॒ मा न॒ आयुः॒ प्रमो॑षीः ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । गं ओम् ।पश्चिमदिग्भागे वरुणाय नमः ॥ 5 (तै.सं.2-1-11-65)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ō-ṅgam ।tattvā̍ yāmi̠ brahma̍ṇā̠ vanda̍māna̠stadā śā̎stē̠ yaja̍mānō ha̠virbhi̍ḥ ।ahē̍ḍamānō varuṇē̠ha bō̠dhyuru̍śagṃsa̠ mā na̠ āyu̠ḥ pramō̍ṣīḥ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । gaṃ ōm ।paśchimadigbhāgē varuṇāya namaḥ ॥ 5 (tai.saṃ.2-1-11-65)meaning
Om — earth, atmosphere, heaven; Om Gam. With sacred word I approach you in veneration; the sacrificer implores you with offerings; O Varuṇa, be aware without anger. [North.]
word by wordयामिYaami[Will] I goमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, RoarनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurआयुAayuDuration of lifeगंGamGam, the Mantra Swarupa of GanapatiनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsतत्त्वTattvaTruth, Realityब्राह्मणBraahmannaBrahmin, Wise personsनNaNot · Us, Our · [There are] no [Mantras or Medicine available, even a trace which can accomplish Uccatana etc.] · Us, of us, to us · The letter Nna · Not, Us · Not, No, Nor, NeitherभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanवारुणVaarunnaVarunaनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 101ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ-वँम् ।आ नो॑ नि॒युद्भिः॑ श॒तिनी॑भिरध्व॒रग्म् । स॑ह॒स्रिणी॑भि॒रुप॑ याहि य॒ज्ञम् ।वायो॑ अ॒स्मिन् ह॒विषि॑ मादयस्व । यू॒य-म्पा॑त स्व॒स्तिभि॒-स्सदा॑ नः ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । वं ओम् ।वायव्यदिग्भागे वायवे नमः ॥ 6 (तै.ब्रा.2-8-1-2)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ vam ।ā nō̍ ni̠yudbhi̍-śśa̠tinī̍bhiradhva̠ragm । sa̍ha̠sriṇī̍bhi̠rupa̍ yāhi ya̠jñam ।vāyō̍ a̠smin ha̠viṣi̍ mādayasva । yū̠ya-mpā̍ta sva̠stibhi̠-ssadā̍ naḥ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । vaṃ ōm ।vāyavyadigbhāgē vāyavē namaḥ ॥ 6 (tai.brā.2-8-1-2)meaning
Om — earth, atmosphere, heaven; Om Vam. Come to our sacrifice with your hundred-yoked teams, O Vāyu, with your thousands. [Northeast.]
word by wordआःAahAn exclamationनोNoNot · Us · Us, Our · Us, of us, to us · Towards UsवायोVaayo[Salutations to You] O Vayu · O Vayuअस्मिन्AsminThis, In thisनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanअANotभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 102ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ओ-न्तेम् ।व॒यग्ं सो॑म व्र॒ते तव॑ । मन॑स्त॒नूषु॒ बिभ्र॑तः ।प्र॒जाव॑न्तो अशीमहि । इ॒न्द्रा॒णी दे॒वी सु॒भगा॑ सु॒पत्नी᳚ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । तें ओम् ।उत्तरदिग्भागे कुबेराय नमः ॥ 7 (तै.ब्रा.2-4-2-7-18)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ō-ntēm ।va̠yagṃ sō̍ma vra̠tē tava̍ । mana̍sta̠nūṣu̠ bibhra̍taḥ ।pra̠jāva̍ntō aśīmahi । i̠ndrā̠ṇī dē̠vī su̠bhagā̍ su̠patnī̎ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । tēṃ ōm ।uttaradigbhāgē kubērāya namaḥ ॥ 7 (tai.brā.2-4-2-7-18)meaning
Om — earth, atmosphere, heaven; Om Tem. We, O Soma, abide in your covenant, holding you within our bodies — may we be blessed with offspring; may Indrāṇī be gracious. [Down.]
word by wordसोमSomaMoonतवTavaYour · You · Of Youइन्द्राणीIndraanniiIndrani, the Consort of Indra DevaदेवीDeviiDeviसुभगाSubhagaaGood FortuneतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsव्रतVrataWill, Command, Obedience, ServiceभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanकुबेरKuberaKuberaनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 103ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ रुम् ।तमीशा᳚न॒-ञ्जग॑तस्त॒स्थुष॒स्पति᳚-न्धिय-ञ्जि॒न्वमव॑से हूमहे व॒यम् ।पू॒षा नो॒ यथा॒ वेद॑सा॒मस॑द्वृ॒धे र॑क्षि॒ता पा॒युरद॑ब्ध-स्स्व॒स्तये᳚ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । रुं ओम् ।ईशान्यदिग्भागे ईशानाय नमः ॥ 8ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ rum ।tamīśā̎na̠-ñjaga̍tasta̠sthuṣa̠spati̎-ndhiya-ñji̠nvamava̍sē hūmahē va̠yam ।pū̠ṣā nō̠ yathā̠ vēda̍sā̠masa̍dvṛ̠dhē ra̍kṣi̠tā pā̠yurada̍bdha-ssva̠stayē̎ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । ruṃ ōm ।īśānyadigbhāgē īśānāya namaḥ ॥ 8meaning
Om — earth, atmosphere, heaven; Om Rum. That lord of what stands and moves, the stimulator of thought — him we invoke for protection; may Pūṣan accompany us. [Up.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanपूषाPuussaaWho Nourishes · God Puushaan who nourishes, The Sun GodनोNoNot · Us · Us, Our · Us, of us, to us · Towards UsयथाYathaaAsरुRuFear, AlarmनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsवयVayaOne who Weaves, WeaverभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 104ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ओ-न्द्राम् ।अ॒स्मे रु॒द्रा मे॒हना॒ पर्व॑तासो वृत्र॒हत्ये॒ भर॑हूतौ स॒जोषाः᳚ ।य-श्शंस॑ते स्तुव॒ते धायि॑ प॒ज्र इन्द्र॑ज्येष्ठा अ॒स्मां अ॑वन्तु दे॒वाः ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । द्रां ओम् ।ऊर्ध्वदिग्भागे आकाशाय नमः ॥ 9ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ō-ndrām ।a̠smē ru̠drā mē̠hanā̠ parva̍tāsō vṛtra̠hatyē̠ bhara̍hūtau sa̠jōṣā̎ḥ ।ya-śśaṃsa̍tē stuva̠tē dhāyi̍ pa̠jra indra̍jyēṣṭhā a̠smāṃ a̍vantu dē̠vāḥ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । drāṃ ōm ।ūrdhvadigbhāgē ākāśāya namaḥ ॥ 9meaning
Om — earth, atmosphere, heaven; Om Drām. May the Rudras, mountainous and immovable, together rejoice in the calling of offerings; may one who praises you spread your fame. [Southeast.]
word by wordदेवाDevaaDeva, God · DevaनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsरुद्रRudraRudraदेवाःDevaahGods · Devas, Gods · DevasभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 105ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ-यँम् ।स्यो॒ना पृ॑थिवि॒ भवा॑नृक्ष॒रा नि॒वेश॑नी ।यच्छा॑ न॒-श्शर्म॑ स॒प्रथाः᳚ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । यं ओम् ।अधोदिग्भागे पृथिव्यै नमः ॥ 10[अप उपस्पृश्य]ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ yam ।syō̠nā pṛ̍thivi̠ bhavā̍nṛkṣa̠rā ni̠vēśa̍nī ।yachChā̍ na̠-śśarma̍ sa̠prathā̎ḥ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । yaṃ ōm ।adhōdigbhāgē pṛthivyai namaḥ ॥ 10[apa upaspṛśya]meaning
Om — earth, atmosphere, heaven; Om Yam. O auspicious Earth, be firm and without thorns — grant us shelter in all directions. [Southwest.]
word by wordयःYahHe WhoनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsअपःApahWaterॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanयंYamWheneverपृथिवीPrthiviiEarth, WorldभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 1065.3 दशाङ्ग रौद्रीकरणम्ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ ओम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥त्रा॒तार॒मिन्द्र॑ मवि॒तार॒मिन्द्र॒ग्ं॒ हवे॑ हवे सु॒हव॒ग्ं॒ शूर॒मिन्द्र᳚म् ।हु॒वे नु श॒क्र-म्पु॑रुहू॒तमिन्द्रग्ग्॑ स्व॒स्ति नो॑ म॒घवा॑ धा॒त्विन्द्रः॑ ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । ॐ ओम् ।पूर्वदिग्भागे ललाटस्थाने इन्द्राय नमः ॥ 1 ॥ (तै.सं.1-6-12-50)5.3 daśāṅga raudrīkaraṇamō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ ōm ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥trā̠tāra̠mindra̍ mavi̠tāra̠mindra̠g̠ṃ havē̍ havē su̠hava̠g̠ṃ śūra̠mindra̎m ।hu̠vē nu śa̠kra-mpu̍ruhū̠tamindragg̍ sva̠sti nō̍ ma̠ghavā̍ dhā̠tvindra̍ḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । ōṃ ōm ।pūrvadigbhāgē lalāṭasthānē indrāya namaḥ ॥ 1 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-6-12-50)meaning
Section 5.3: Ten-limb Rudrification. Om Om. Homage to Śambhu who brings joy, to Śaṅkara who brings delight, to Mayaskara, to Śiva, to Śivatara. [East — opening of Śrī Rudram.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord Shivaस्वस्तिSvastiWell-Being, Happily, AuspiciouslyनोNoNot · Us · Us, Our · Us, of us, to us · Towards UsभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraइन्द्रIndraChief, KingनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 107ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ओ-न्नम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥त्व-न्नो॑ अग्ने॒ वरु॑णस्य वि॒द्वान्दे॒वस्य॒ हेडो-ऽव॑ यासिसीष्ठाः ।यजि॑ष्ठो॒ वह्नि॑तम॒-श्शोशु॑चानो॒ विश्वा॒ द्वेषाग्ं॑सि॒ प्रमु॑मुग्ध्य॒स्मत् ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । नं ओम् ।आग्नेयदिग्भागे नेत्रयोस्थाने अग्नये नमः ॥ 2 ॥ (तै.सं.2-5-12-72)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ō-nnam ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥tva-nnō̍ agnē̠ varu̍ṇasya vi̠dvāndē̠vasya̠ hēḍō-'va̍ yāsisīṣṭhāḥ ।yaji̍ṣṭhō̠ vahni̍tama̠-śśōśu̍chānō̠ viśvā̠ dvēṣāg̍ṃsi̠ pramu̍mugdhya̠smat ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । naṃ ōm ।āgnēyadigbhāgē nētrayōsthānē agnayē namaḥ ॥ 2 ॥ (tai.saṃ.2-5-12-72)meaning
Om Nam. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara — the second anuvāka of Śrī Rudram. [South.]
word by wordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord Shivaअग्नेAgneO Agni [Fire of Durga]विश्वाVishvaaWorld · UniverseनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurवारुणVaarunnaVarunaविश्वVishvaWorld, UniveseभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनम्NamTo Bow, To SaluteॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 108ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ओ-म्मोम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥सु॒ग-न्नः॒ पन्था॒मभ॑य-ङ्कृणोतु । यस्मि॒न्नक्ष॑त्रे य॒म एति॒ राजा᳚ ।यस्मि॑न्नेनम॒भ्यषि॑ञ्चन्त दे॒वाः । तद॑स्य चि॒त्रग्ं ह॒विषा॑ यजाम ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । मों ओम् ।दक्षिणदिग्भागे कर्णयोस्थाने यमाय नमः ॥ 3 ॥ (तै.ब्रा.3-1-2-11-23)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ō-mmōm ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥su̠ga-nna̠ḥ panthā̠mabha̍ya-ṅkṛṇōtu । yasmi̠nnakṣa̍trē ya̠ma ēti̠ rājā̎ ।yasmi̍nnēnama̠bhyaṣi̍ñchanta dē̠vāḥ । tada̍sya chi̠tragṃ ha̠viṣā̍ yajāma ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । mōṃ ōm ।dakṣiṇadigbhāgē karṇayōsthānē yamāya namaḥ ॥ 3 ॥ (tai.brā.3-1-2-11-23)meaning
Om Mom. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara — the third anuvāka of Śrī Rudram. [West.]
word by wordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaयमYamaYamaएतिEtiArrival, ApproachदेवाDevaaDeva, God · DevaराजRaajaKing, Chief or Best of its kindदेवाःDevaahGods · Devas, Gods · DevasतदाTadaaThenभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 109ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ओ-म्भम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥असु॑न्वन्त॒ मय॑जमानमिच्छस्ते॒नस्ये॒त्यान्तस्क॑र॒स्यान्वे॑षि ।अ॒न्यम॒स्मदि॑च्छ॒ सा त॑ इ॒त्या नमो॑ देवि निर्.ऋते॒ तुभ्य॑मस्तु ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । भं ओम् ।निर्.ऋतिदिग्भागे मुखस्थाने निर्.ऋतये नमः ॥ 4 ॥ (तै.सं.4-2-5-21)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ō-mbham ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥asu̍nvanta̠ maya̍jamānamichChastē̠nasyē̠tyāntaska̍ra̠syānvē̍ṣi ।a̠nyama̠smadi̍chCha̠ sā ta̍ i̠tyā namō̍ dēvi nir.ṛtē̠ tubhya̍mastu ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । bhaṃ ōm ।nir.ṛtidigbhāgē mukhasthānē nir.ṛtayē namaḥ ॥ 4 ॥ (tai.saṃ.4-2-5-21)meaning
Om Bham. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara — the fourth anuvāka of Śrī Rudram. [Northwest.]
word by wordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaसाSaaSheतंTamHim · To You · That · ThenनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]देविDeviDevi · O Devi · Goddess · Devi, Goddess · O Devi, O Divine Mother · O Devi (Mahalakshmi)तTaThatइत्यItyaTo be gone to or towardsदेवीDeviiDeviभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraभाBhaaLustre, SplendourॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 110ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ओ-ङ्गम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥तत्त्वा॑यामि॒ ब्रह्म॑णा॒ वन्द॑मान॒स्तदा शा᳚स्ते॒ यज॑मानो ह॒विर्भिः॑ ।अहे॑डमानो वरुणे॒ह बो॒ध्युरु॑शग्ंस॒ मा न॒ आयुः॒ प्रमो॑षीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । गं ओम् ।पश्चिमदिग्भागे बाह्वोस्थाने वरुणाय नमः ॥ 5 ॥ (तै.सं.2-1-11-65)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ō-ṅgam ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥tattvā̍yāmi̠ brahma̍ṇā̠ vanda̍māna̠stadā śā̎stē̠ yaja̍mānō ha̠virbhi̍ḥ ।ahē̍ḍamānō varuṇē̠ha bō̠dhyuru̍śagṃsa̠ mā na̠ āyu̠ḥ pramō̍ṣīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । gaṃ ōm ।paśchimadigbhāgē bāhvōsthānē varuṇāya namaḥ ॥ 5 ॥ (tai.saṃ.2-1-11-65)meaning
Om Gam. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara — the fifth anuvāka of Śrī Rudram. [North.]
word by wordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, RoarनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurआयुAayuDuration of lifeगंGamGam, the Mantra Swarupa of Ganapatiब्राह्मणBraahmannaBrahmin, Wise personsनNaNot · Us, Our · [There are] no [Mantras or Medicine available, even a trace which can accomplish Uccatana etc.] · Us, of us, to us · The letter Nna · Not, Us · Not, No, Nor, NeitherभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanवारुणVaarunnaVarunaनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 111ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ-वँम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥आ नो॑ नि॒युद्भिः॑ श॒तिनी॑भिरध्व॒रग्म् । स॑ह॒स्रिणी॑भि॒रुप॑ याहि य॒ज्ञम् ।वायो॑ अ॒स्मिन् ह॒विषि॑ मादयस्व । यू॒य-म्पा॑त स्व॒स्तिभि॒-स्सदा॑ नः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । वं ओम् ।वायव्यदिग्भागे नासिकास्थाने वायवे नमः ॥ 6 ॥ (तै.ब्रा.2-8-1-2)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ vam ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ā nō̍ ni̠yudbhi̍-śśa̠tinī̍bhiradhva̠ragm । sa̍ha̠sriṇī̍bhi̠rupa̍ yāhi ya̠jñam ।vāyō̍ a̠smin ha̠viṣi̍ mādayasva । yū̠ya-mpā̍ta sva̠stibhi̠-ssadā̍ naḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । vaṃ ōm ।vāyavyadigbhāgē nāsikāsthānē vāyavē namaḥ ॥ 6 ॥ (tai.brā.2-8-1-2)meaning
Om Vam. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara — the sixth anuvāka of Śrī Rudram. [Northeast.]
word by wordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaआःAahAn exclamationनोNoNot · Us · Us, Our · Us, of us, to us · Towards UsवायोVaayo[Salutations to You] O Vayu · O Vayuअस्मिन्AsminThis, In thisनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanअANotभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 112ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ओ-न्तेम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥व॒यग्ं सो॑म व्र॒ते तव॑ । मन॑स्त॒नूषु॒बिभ्र॑तः ।प्र॒जाव॑न्तो अशीमहि । इ॒न्द्रा॒णी दे॒वी सु॒भगा॑ सु॒पत्नी᳚ ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । तें ओम् ।उत्तरदिग्भागे जठरस्थाने कुबेराय नमः ॥ 7 ॥ (तै.ब्रा.2-4-2-7-18)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ō-ntēm ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥va̠yagṃ sō̍ma vra̠tē tava̍ । mana̍sta̠nūṣu̠bibhra̍taḥ ।pra̠jāva̍ntō aśīmahi । i̠ndrā̠ṇī dē̠vī su̠bhagā̍ su̠patnī̎ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । tēṃ ōm ।uttaradigbhāgē jaṭharasthānē kubērāya namaḥ ॥ 7 ॥ (tai.brā.2-4-2-7-18)meaning
Om Tem. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara — the seventh anuvāka of Śrī Rudram. [Down.]
word by wordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaसोमSomaMoonतवTavaYour · You · Of Youइन्द्राणीIndraanniiIndrani, the Consort of Indra DevaदेवीDeviiDeviसुभगाSubhagaaGood FortuneतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · Heव्रतVrataWill, Command, Obedience, ServiceभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanकुबेरKuberaKuberaनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 113ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ रुम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥तमीशा᳚न॒-ञ्जग॑तस्त॒स्थुष॒स्पति᳚-न्धिय-ञ्जि॒न्वमव॑से हूमहे व॒यम् ।पू॒षा नो॒ यथा॒ वेद॑सा॒मस॑द्वृ॒धे र॑क्षि॒ता पा॒युरद॑ब्ध-स्स्व॒स्तये᳚ ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । रुं ओम् ।ईशान्यदिग्भागे नाभिस्थाने ईशानाय नमः ॥ 8 ॥ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ rum ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥tamīśā̎na̠-ñjaga̍tasta̠sthuṣa̠spati̎-ndhiya-ñji̠nvamava̍sē hūmahē va̠yam ।pū̠ṣā nō̠ yathā̠ vēda̍sā̠masa̍dvṛ̠dhē ra̍kṣi̠tā pā̠yurada̍bdha-ssva̠stayē̎ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । ruṃ ōm ।īśānyadigbhāgē nābhisthānē īśānāya namaḥ ॥ 8 ॥meaning
Om Rum. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara — the eighth anuvāka of Śrī Rudram. [Up.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपूषाPuussaaWho Nourishes · God Puushaan who nourishes, The Sun GodनोNoNot · Us · Us, Our · Us, of us, to us · Towards UsयथाYathaaAsरुRuFear, AlarmवयVayaOne who Weaves, WeaverभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 114ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ओ-न्द्राम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥अ॒स्मे रु॒द्रा मे॒हना॒ पर्व॑तासो वृत्र॒हत्ये॒ भर॑हूतौ स॒जोषाः᳚ ।य-श्शंस॑ते स्तुव॒ते धायि॑ प॒ज्र इन्द्र॑ज्येष्ठा अ॒स्माँ अ॑वन्तु दे॒वाः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । द्रां ओम् ।ऊर्ध्वदिग्भागे मूर्ध्निस्थाने आकाशाय नमः ॥ 9 ॥ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ō-ndrām ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥a̠smē ru̠drā mē̠hanā̠ parva̍tāsō vṛtra̠hatyē̠ bhara̍hūtau sa̠jōṣā̎ḥ ।ya-śśaṃsa̍tē stuva̠tē dhāyi̍ pa̠jra indra̍jyēṣṭhā a̠smāँ a̍vantu dē̠vāḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । drāṃ ōm ।ūrdhvadigbhāgē mūrdhnisthānē ākāśāya namaḥ ॥ 9 ॥meaning
Om Drām. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara — the ninth anuvāka of Śrī Rudram. [Southeast.]
word by wordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaदेवाDevaaDeva, God · Devaरुद्रRudraRudraदेवाःDevaahGods · Devas, Gods · DevasभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 115ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ-यँम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥स्यो॒ना पृ॑थिवि॒ भवा॑नृक्ष॒रा नि॒वेश॑नी ।यच्छा॑ न॒-श्शर्म॑ स॒प्रथाः᳚ ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । यं ओम् ।अधोदिग्भागे पादस्थाने पृथिव्यै नमः ॥ 10 ॥[अप उपस्पृश्य]ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ yam ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥syō̠nā pṛ̍thivi̠ bhavā̍nṛkṣa̠rā ni̠vēśa̍nī ।yachChā̍ na̠-śśarma̍ sa̠prathā̎ḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । yaṃ ōm ।adhōdigbhāgē pādasthānē pṛthivyai namaḥ ॥ 10 ॥[apa upaspṛśya]meaning
Om Yam. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara — the tenth anuvāka of Śrī Rudram. [Southwest.]
word by wordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaयःYahHe WhoअपःApahWaterॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanयंYamWheneverपृथिवीPrthiviiEarth, WorldभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 1165.4 षोडशाङ्ग रौद्रीकरणंओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ अम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥वि॒भूर॑सि प्र॒वाह॑णो॒ रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । अं ओम् ।शिखास्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 1 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)5.4 ṣōḍaśāṅga raudrīkaraṇaṃō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ am ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥vi̠bhūra̍si pra̠vāha̍ṇō̠ raudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । aṃ ōm ।śikhāsthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 1 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)meaning
Section 5.4: Sixteen-limb Rudrification. Om Am. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Am.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, RoarअANotमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 117ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ आम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥वह्नि॑रसि हव्य॒वाह॑नो॒ रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । आं ओम् ।शिरस्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 2 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ ām ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥vahni̍rasi havya̠vāha̍nō̠ raudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । āṃ ōm ।śirasthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 2 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)meaning
Om Ām. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Ām.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, RoarआःAahAn exclamationमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 118ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ इम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥श्वा॒त्रो॑सि॒ प्रचे॑ता॒ रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । इं ओम् ।मूर्ध्निस्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 3 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ im ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥śvā̠trō̍si̠ prachē̍tā̠ raudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । iṃ ōm ।mūrdhnisthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 3 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)meaning
Om Im. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Im.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, RoarइIThisमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 119ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ ईम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥तु॒थो॑सि वि॒श्ववे॑दा॒ रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । ईं ओम् ।ललाटस्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 4 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ īm ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥tu̠thō̍si vi̠śvavē̍dā̠ raudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । īṃ ōm ।lalāṭasthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 4 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)meaning
Om Īm. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Īm.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, RoarईIiTo Goमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 120ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ उम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥उ॒शिग॑सिक॒वी रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । उं ओम् ।नेत्रयोस्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 5 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ um ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥u̠śiga̍sika̠vī raudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । uṃ ōm ।nētrayōsthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 5 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)meaning
Om Um. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Um.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, Roarमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 121ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ ऊम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥अङ्घा॑रिरसि॒ बम्भा॑री॒ रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । ऊं ओम् ।कर्णयोस्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 6 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ ūm ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥aṅghā̍rirasi̠ bambhā̍rī̠ raudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । ūṃ ōm ।karṇayōsthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 6 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)meaning
Om Ūm. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Ūm.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, Roarमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 122ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ ऋम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥अ॒व॒स्युर॑सि॒ दुव॑स्वा॒-न्रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । ऋं ओम् ।मुखस्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 7 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ ṛm ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥a̠va̠syura̍si̠ duva̍svā̠-nraudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । ṛṃ ōm ।mukhasthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 7 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)meaning
Om Ṛm. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Ṛm.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, Roarमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 123ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ ॠम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥शु॒न्ध्यूर॑सि मार्जा॒लीयो॒ रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । ॠं ओम् ।कण्ठस्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 8 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ ṝm ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥śu̠ndhyūra̍si mārjā̠līyō̠ raudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । ṝṃ ōm ।kaṇṭhasthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 8 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)meaning
Om Ṝm. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Ṝm.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, Roarमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 124ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ ऌम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥स॒म्राड॑सि कृ॒शानू॒ रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । ऌं ओम् ।बाह्वोस्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 9 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ Lim ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥sa̠mrāḍa̍si kṛ̠śānū̠ raudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । Liṃ ōm ।bāhvōsthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 9 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)meaning
Om Lm. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Lm.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, Roarमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 125ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ ॡम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥प॒रि॒षद्यो॑सि॒ पव॑मानो॒ रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । ॡं ओम् ।हृदिस्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 10 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ Līm ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥pa̠ri̠ṣadyō̍si̠ pava̍mānō̠ raudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । Līṃ ōm ।hṛdisthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 10 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)meaning
Om Lm long. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Lm long.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, Roarमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 126ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ एम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥प्र॒तक्वा॑-ऽसि॒ नभ॑स्वा॒-न्रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । एं ओम् ।नाभिस्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 11 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ ēm ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥pra̠takvā̍-'si̠ nabha̍svā̠-nraudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । ēṃ ōm ।nābhisthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 11 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)meaning
Om Em. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Em.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, RoarएEAddressing the Guruमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 127ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ ऐम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥अस॑म्मृष्टोसि हव्य॒सूदो॒ रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । ऐं ओम् ।कटिस्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 12 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ aim ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥asa̍mmṛṣṭōsi havya̠sūdō̠ raudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । aiṃ ōm ।kaṭisthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 12 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)meaning
Om Aim. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Aim.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, RoarऐंAimAim Beeja Mantraमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 128ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ ओम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ऋ॒तधा॑मा-ऽसि॒ सुव॑र्ज्योती॒ रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । ॐ ओम् ।ऊरुस्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 13 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ ōm ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ṛ̠tadhā̍mā-'si̠ suva̍rjyōtī̠ raudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । ōṃ ōm ।ūrusthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 13 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)meaning
Om Om. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Om.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, Roarमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 129ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ औम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ब्रह्म॑ज्योतिरसि॒ सुव॑र्धामा॒ रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । औं ओम् ।जानुस्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 14 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ aum ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥brahma̍jyōtirasi̠ suva̍rdhāmā̠ raudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । auṃ ōm ।jānusthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 14 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)meaning
Om Aum. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Aum.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, Roarमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 130ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ अम् ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥अ॒जो᳚-ऽस्येक॑पा॒त् रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । अं ओम् ।जङ्घास्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 15 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ am ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥a̠jō̎-'syēka̍pā̠t raudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । aṃ ōm ।jaṅghāsthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 15 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)meaning
Om Aṃ. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Aṃ.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, RoarअANotमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 131ओ-म्भूर्भुव॒स्सुवः॑ । ॐ अः ।नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥अहि॑रसि बु॒ध्नियो॒ रौद्रे॒णानी॑केन पा॒हि मा᳚-ऽग्ने पिपृ॒हि मा॒ मा मा॑ हिग्ंसीः ॥नमः॑ श॒म्भवे॑ च मयो॒भवे॑ च॒ नमः॑ शङ्क॒राय॑ चमयस्क॒राय॑ च॒ नमः॑ शि॒वाय॑ च शि॒वत॑राय च॒ ॥ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य । अः ओम् ।पादयो-स्स्थाने रुद्राय नमः ॥ 16 ॥ (तै.सं.1-3-3-5)[अप उपस्पृश्य]ō-mbhūrbhuva̠ssuva̍ḥ । ōṃ aḥ ।nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ahi̍rasi bu̠dhniyō̠ raudrē̠ṇānī̍kēna pā̠hi mā̎-'gnē pipṛ̠hi mā̠ mā mā̍ higṃsīḥ ॥nama̍-śśa̠mbhavē̍ cha mayō̠bhavē̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśaṅka̠rāya̍ chamayaska̠rāya̍ cha̠ nama̍-śśi̠vāya̍ cha śi̠vata̍rāya cha̠ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya । aḥ ōm ।pādayō-ssthānē rudrāya namaḥ ॥ 16 ॥ (tai.saṃ.1-3-3-5)[apa upaspṛśya]meaning
Om Aḥ. Homage to Śambhu, Śaṅkara, Mayaskara, Śiva, and Śivatara. [Syllable Aḥ.]
word by wordॐOmSymbol of Parabrahman · Om, symbol of Parabrahman · Om, the symbol of the Parabrahman · Om · The Symbol of Parabrahman · Symbol of the ParabrahmanअANotनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsशिवायShivaayaTo the Auspicious · [Salutations] To Lord ShivaपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect MeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, RoarअपःApahWaterआःAahAn exclamationमग्नMagnaImmersedभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 132त्वगस्थिगतै-स्सर्वपापैः प्रमुच्यते । सर्वभूतेष्वपराजितो भवति । ततो भूतप्रेत पिशाच बद्ध ब्रह्मराक्षस यक्ष यमदूत शाकिनी डाकिनी हाकिनी शत्रु सर्प श्वापद तस्कर ज्वराद्युपद्रवजोपघाता-स्सर्वे ज्वलन्त-म्पश्यन्तु ।[कर्तस्य वचनम्] मां रक्षन्तु ॥[पुरोहित वचनम्] यजमानग्ं रक्षन्तु ॥tvagasthigatai-ssarvapāpaiḥ pramuchyatē । sarvabhūtēṣvaparājitō bhavati । tatō bhūtaprēta piśācha baddha brahmarākṣasa yakṣa yamadūta śākinī ḍākinī hākinī śatru sarpa śvāpada taskara jvarādyupadravajōpaghātā-ssarvē jvalanta-mpaśyantu ।[kartasya vachanam] māṃ rakṣantu ॥[purōhita vachanam] yajamānagṃ rakṣantu ॥meaning
One is freed from all sins lodged in skin and bone; one becomes unconquered among all beings; thereby demons, spirits, brahmin-rākṣasas, yakṣas, death-messengers, and witches are repelled.
word by wordप्रमुच्यतेPramucyateHe becomes free [from great Obstacles]भवतिBhavatiBe, Exist · Becomes · Is · Is, Exists · (Under Your Refuge, one's Life indeed cannot go Astray and) become (afflicted with Fear) · Being, Becoming · Comes into beingततोTatoThere [he saw] · Then · There, at that place · Therefore [only after knowing this fully the wise men begin reciting the Devi Mahatmyam] · Then (they go to Heaven by Your Grace) · And from there (make Your Grace flow for the Welfare of the World)पिशाचPishaacaFiend, Ogreबद्धBaddhaBound, Tied, Captured, Imprisoned, Joinedयक्षYakssaYakshaडाकिनीDdaakiniiDakiniशत्रुShatruEnemyसर्पSarpaSnakeमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, Roarकर्ताKartaaCreatorवचनंVacanamSpeech, Mindमाम्MaamMe · My · [May that Truth Protect] Me - verse 1336. आत्मरक्षा6. ātmarakṣāmeaning
Section 6: Protection of the Self.
- verse 1346.1 मनो ज्योतिःमनो॒ ज्योति॑ र्जुषता॒-माज्यं॒-विँच्छि॑न्नं-यँ॒ज्ञग्ं समि॒म-न्द॑धातु ।या इ॒ष्टा उ॒षसो॑ नि॒म्रुच॑श्च॒ तास्सन्द॑धामि ह॒विषा॑ घृ॒तेन॑ ।(गुह्याय नमः) । 1 (तै. सं. 1.5.10.2)6.1 manō jyōtiḥmanō̠ jyōti̍ rjuṣatā̠-mājya̠ṃ vichChi̍nnaṃ ya̠jñagṃ sami̠ma-nda̍dhātu ।yā i̠ṣṭā u̠ṣasō̍ ni̠mrucha̍ścha̠ tāssanda̍dhāmi ha̠viṣā̍ ghṛ̠tēna̍ ।(guhyāya namaḥ) । 1 (tai. saṃ. 1.5.10.2)meaning
Section 6.1: Light of the Mind. May this oblation, this light of mind, satisfy the gods; those offerings of the dawns, both setting and rising, I unite together with this clarified butter.
word by wordमनोManoMind · [My] Mind [is Established in Speech]याYaaTo go towardsइष्टाIssttaaWished, Desired, SoughtनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsतैTaiYourसःSahHeज्योतीJyotiiDivine Light, Illumination, Effulgenceइष्टIssttaWished, Desiredगुह्यGuhyaHiddenनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutationसम्SamTogether with - verse 135अबो᳚द्ध्य॒ग्नि-स्स॒मिधा॒ जना॑ना॒-म्प्रति॑धे॒नु-मि॑वाय॒ती मु॒षास᳚म् ।य॒ह्वा इ॑व॒ प्रव॒या-मु॒ज्जिहा॑नाः॒ प्रभा॒नवः॑ सिस्रते॒ नाक॒मच्छ॑ ।(नाभ्यै नमः) । 2 (तै. सं. 4.4.4.2)abō̎ddhya̠gni-ssa̠midhā̠ janā̍nā̠-mprati̍dhē̠nu-mi̍vāya̠tī mu̠ṣāsa̎m ।ya̠hvā i̍va̠ prava̠yā-mu̠jjihā̍nā̠ḥ prabhā̠nava̍-ssisratē̠ nāka̠machCha̍ ।(nābhyai namaḥ) । 2 (tai. saṃ. 4.4.4.2)meaning
The fire was kindled by the fuel of the people, like a cow approaching at milking-time — like great rushing rivers they spring upward; the radiant flames stretch toward the vault of heaven.
word by wordइवIvaLikeनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsतैTaiYourसःSahHeनाभिNaabhiNavelनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutationसम्SamTogether with - verse 136अ॒ग्नि र्मू॒र्धा दि॒वः क॒कुत्पतिः॑ पृथि॒व्या अ॒यम् ।अ॒पाग्ं रेताग्ं॑सि जिन्वति । (हृदयाय नमः) । 3 (तै. सं. 1.5.5.1)a̠gni rmū̠rdhā di̠vaḥ ka̠kutpati̍ḥ pṛthi̠vyā a̠yam ।a̠pāgṃ rētāgṃ̍si jinvati । (hṛdayāya namaḥ) । 3 (tai. saṃ. 1.5.5.1)meaning
Agni is the crown of heaven and the lord of the earth — he enlivens the seed of the waters. [Heart, verse 3.]
word by wordअग्निAgniFireदिवDivaHeavenअयम्AyamHeनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsतैTaiYourसःSahHeहृदयHrdayaHeartनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutationसम्SamTogether with - verse 137मू॒र्धान॑-न्दि॒वो अ॑र॒ति-म्पृ॑थि॒व्या वै᳚श्वान॒र-मृ॒ताय॑ जा॒तम॒ग्निम् ।क॒विग्ं स॒म्राज॒-मति॑थि॒-ञ्जना॑ना-मा॒सन्ना पात्र॑-ञ्जनयन्त दे॒वाः । (कण्ठाय नमः) । 4 (तै. सं. 1.4.13.1)मर्मा॑णि ते॒ वर्म॑भिश्छा-दयामि॒ सोम॑स्त्वा॒ राजा॒-ऽमृ॑ते ना॒भिव॑स्ताम् ।उ॒रो र्वरी॑यो॒ वरि॑वस्ते अस्तु॒ ज॑यन्त॒-न्त्वा मनु॑मदन्तु दे॒वाः ।(मुखाय नमः) । 5 (तै. सं. 4.6.4.5)mū̠rdhāna̍-ndi̠vō a̍ra̠ti-mpṛ̍thi̠vyā vai̎śvāna̠ra-mṛ̠tāya̍ jā̠tama̠gnim ।ka̠vigṃ sa̠mrāja̠-mati̍thi̠-ñjanā̍nā-mā̠sannā pātra̍-ñjanayanta dē̠vāḥ । (kaṇṭhāya namaḥ) । 4 (tai. saṃ. 1.4.13.1)marmā̍ṇi tē̠ varma̍bhiśChā-dayāmi̠ sōma̍stvā̠ rājā̠-'mṛ̍tē nā̠bhiva̍stām ।u̠rō rvarī̍yō̠ vari̍vastē astu̠ ja̍yanta̠-ntvā manu̍madantu dē̠vāḥ ।(mukhāya namaḥ) । 5 (tai. saṃ. 4.6.4.5)meaning
The head of heaven, companion of the earth, the Vaiśvānara of truth, born for the cosmic order — the gods brought forth the wise Agni, the imperial guest of mankind.
word by wordदेवाDevaaDeva, God · DevaनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsतैTaiYourसःSahHeतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · Heअस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it soदेवाःDevaahGods · Devas, Gods · Devasकण्ठKanntthathe Throat, the NeckनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutationसम्SamTogether withमुखMukhaFace - verse 138जा॒तवे॑दा॒ यदि॑ वा पाव॒को-ऽसि॑ । वै॒श्वा॒न॒रो यदि॑ वा वैद्यु॒तो-ऽसि॑ ।श-म्प्र॒जाभ्यो॒ यज॑मानाय लो॒कम् । ऊर्ज॒-म्पुष्टि॒-न्दद॑ द॒भ्याव॑ वृथ्स्व ॥ (शिरसे नमः) ॥ 6 (तै. ब्रा. 3.10.5.1)jā̠tavē̍dā̠ yadi̍ vā pāva̠kō-'si̍ । vai̠śvā̠na̠rō yadi̍ vā vaidyu̠tō-'si̍ ।śa-mpra̠jābhyō̠ yaja̍mānāya lō̠kam । ūrja̠-mpuṣṭi̠-ndada̍ da̠bhyāva̍ vṛthsva ॥ (śirasē namaḥ) ॥ 6 (tai. brā. 3.10.5.1)meaning
Whether you are Jātavedas the purifier, or Vaiśvānara, or lightning — grant a world of bliss to progeny and sacrificer; grant them vigor, nourishment, and prosperity without harm.
word by wordयदिYadiIfवाVaaOr · Just · Nevertheless · As, Like · Or, IndeedनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsतैTaiYourलोकLokaWorld, MenशिरसाShirasaa[Who is to be Saluted] by bowing the Head · By [bowing the] Head · On the Head · [I reverentially bow down] my Head [to Shambhu] · Foremost · [Bowing my] HeadनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 1396.2 आत्मरक्षा(तै. ब्रा. 2.3.11.1 - तै. ब्रा. 2.3.11.4)ब्रह्मा᳚त्म॒न् वद॑सृजत । तद॑कामयत । समा॒त्मना॑ पद्ये॒येति॑ ।आत्म॒न्ना-त्म॒न्नित्या-म॑न्त्रयत । तस्मै॑ दश॒मग्ं हू॒तः प्रत्य॑शृणोत् ।स दश॑हूतो-ऽभवत् । दश॑हूतो ह॒वै नामै॒षः । तं-वाँ ए॒त-न्दश॑हूत॒ग्ं॒ सन्त᳚म् ।दश॑हो॒तेत्या च॑क्षते प॒रोक्षे॑ण । प॒रोक्ष॑प्रिया इव॒ हि दे॒वाः ॥ 16.2 ātmarakṣā(tai. brā. 2.3.11.1 - tai. brā. 2.3.11.4)brahmā̎tma̠n vada̍sṛjata । tada̍kāmayata । samā̠tmanā̍ padyē̠yēti̍ ।ātma̠nnā-tma̠nnityā-ma̍ntrayata । tasmai̍ daśa̠magṃ hū̠taḥ pratya̍śṛṇōt ।sa daśa̍hūtō-'bhavat । daśa̍hūtō ha̠vai nāmai̠ṣaḥ । taṃ vā ē̠ta-ndaśa̍hūta̠gṃ̠ santa̎m ।daśa̍hō̠tētyā cha̍kṣatē pa̠rōkṣē̍ṇa । pa̠rōkṣa̍priyā iva̠ hi dē̠vāḥ ॥ 1meaning
Section 6.2: Self-Protection. Brahmā created the Self out of himself; he desired to unite with the Self and ever meditated 'I am the Self' — so he called upon the Self incessantly.
word by wordतैTaiYourतस्मैTasmaiTo HimसःSahHeइवIvaLikeहिHiFor, BecauseदेवाDevaaDeva, God · DevaसाSaaSheतंTamHim · To You · That · ThenवाVaaOr · Just · Nevertheless · As, Like · Or, Indeedसन्तSantaSaintदेवाःDevaahGods · Devas, Gods · Devas - verse 140आत्म॒न्ना-त्म॒न्नित्या-म॑न्त्रयत । तस्मै॑ सप्त॒मग्ं हू॒तः प्रत्य॑शृणोत् ।स स॒प्तहू॑तो-ऽभवत् । स॒प्तहू॑तो ह॒वै नामै॒षः । तं-वाँ ए॒तग्ं स॒प्तहू॑त॒ग्ं॒ सन्त᳚म् । स॒प्तहो॒तेत्या च॑क्षते प॒रोक्षे॑ण । प॒रोक्ष॑प्रिया इव॒ हि दे॒वाः ॥ 2ātma̠nnā-tma̠nnityā-ma̍ntrayata । tasmai̍ sapta̠magṃ hū̠taḥ pratya̍śṛṇōt ।sa sa̠ptahū̍tō-'bhavat । sa̠ptahū̍tō ha̠vai nāmai̠ṣaḥ । taṃ vā ē̠tagṃ sa̠ptahū̍ta̠gṃ̠ santa̎m । sa̠ptahō̠tētyā cha̍kṣatē pa̠rōkṣē̍ṇa । pa̠rōkṣa̍priyā iva̠ hi dē̠vāḥ ॥ 2meaning
He called upon the Self incessantly; the seventh summoned one responded to him, and he became the seven-called — for that is indeed his name; and they worship him as such.
word by wordतस्मैTasmaiTo HimसःSahHeइवIvaLikeहिHiFor, BecauseदेवाDevaaDeva, God · DevaसाSaaSheतंTamHim · To You · That · ThenवाVaaOr · Just · Nevertheless · As, Like · Or, Indeedसन्तSantaSaintदेवाःDevaahGods · Devas, Gods · Devas - verse 141आत्म॒न्ना-त्म॒न्नित्या-म॑न्त्रयत । तस्मै॑ ष॒ष्ठग्ं हू॒तः प्रत्य॑शृणोत् ।स षड्ढू॑तो-ऽभवत् । षड्ढू॑तो ह॒वै नामै॒षः । तं-वाँ ए॒तग्ं षड्ढू॑त॒ग्ं॒ सन्त᳚म् ।षड्ढो॒तेत्या च॑क्षते प॒रोक्षे॑ण । प॒रोक्ष॑प्रिया इव॒ हि दे॒वाः ॥ 3ātma̠nnā-tma̠nnityā-ma̍ntrayata । tasmai̍ ṣa̠ṣṭhagṃ hū̠taḥ pratya̍śṛṇōt ।sa ṣaḍḍhū̍tō-'bhavat । ṣaḍḍhū̍tō ha̠vai nāmai̠ṣaḥ । taṃ vā ē̠tagṃ ṣaḍḍhū̍ta̠gṃ̠ santa̎m ।ṣaḍḍhō̠tētyā cha̍kṣatē pa̠rōkṣē̍ṇa । pa̠rōkṣa̍priyā iva̠ hi dē̠vāḥ ॥ 3meaning
He called upon the Self incessantly; the sixth summoned one responded to him, and he became the six-called — for that is indeed his name; and they worship him as such.
word by wordतस्मैTasmaiTo HimसःSahHeइवIvaLikeहिHiFor, BecauseदेवाDevaaDeva, God · DevaसाSaaSheतंTamHim · To You · That · ThenवाVaaOr · Just · Nevertheless · As, Like · Or, Indeedसन्तSantaSaintदेवाःDevaahGods · Devas, Gods · Devas - verse 142आत्म॒न्ना-त्म॒न्नित्या-म॑न्त्रयत । तस्मै॑ पञ्च॒मग्ं हू॒तः प्रत्य॑शृणोत् ।स पञ्च॑हूतो-ऽभवत् । पञ्च॑हूतो ह॒वै नामै॒षः । तं-वाँ ए॒त-म्पञ्च॑हूत॒ग्ं॒ सन्त᳚म् । पञ्च॑हो॒तेत्या च॑क्षते प॒रोक्षे॑ण । प॒रोक्ष॑प्रिया इव॒ हि दे॒वाः ॥ 4ātma̠nnā-tma̠nnityā-ma̍ntrayata । tasmai̍ pañcha̠magṃ hū̠taḥ pratya̍śṛṇōt ।sa pañcha̍hūtō-'bhavat । pañcha̍hūtō ha̠vai nāmai̠ṣaḥ । taṃ vā ē̠ta-mpañcha̍hūta̠gṃ̠ santa̎m । pañcha̍hō̠tētyā cha̍kṣatē pa̠rōkṣē̍ṇa । pa̠rōkṣa̍priyā iva̠ hi dē̠vāḥ ॥ 4meaning
He called upon the Self incessantly; the fifth summoned one responded to him, and he became the five-called — for that is indeed his name; and they worship him as such.
word by wordतस्मैTasmaiTo HimसःSahHeइवIvaLikeहिHiFor, BecauseदेवाDevaaDeva, God · DevaसाSaaSheतंTamHim · To You · That · ThenवाVaaOr · Just · Nevertheless · As, Like · Or, Indeedसन्तSantaSaintदेवाःDevaahGods · Devas, Gods · Devas - verse 143आत्म॒न्ना-त्म॒न्नित्या-म॑न्त्रयत । तस्मै॑ चतु॒र्थग्ं हू॒तः प्रत्य॑शृणोत् ।स चतु॑र्हूतो-ऽभवत् । चतु॑र्हूतो ह॒वै नामै॒षः । तं-वाँ ए॒त-ञ्चतु॑र्हूत॒ग्ं॒सन्त᳚म् । चतु॑र्हो॒तेत्या च॑क्षते प॒रोक्षे॑ण । प॒रोक्ष॑प्रिया इव॒ हि दे॒वाः ॥ 5ātma̠nnā-tma̠nnityā-ma̍ntrayata । tasmai̍ chatu̠rthagṃ hū̠taḥ pratya̍śṛṇōt ।sa chatu̍rhūtō-'bhavat । chatu̍rhūtō ha̠vai nāmai̠ṣaḥ । taṃ vā ē̠ta-ñchatu̍rhūta̠gṃ̠santa̎m । chatu̍rhō̠tētyā cha̍kṣatē pa̠rōkṣē̍ṇa । pa̠rōkṣa̍priyā iva̠ hi dē̠vāḥ ॥ 5meaning
He called upon the Self incessantly; the fourth summoned one responded to him, and he became the four-called — for that is indeed his name; and they worship him as such.
word by wordतस्मैTasmaiTo HimसःSahHeइवIvaLikeहिHiFor, BecauseदेवाDevaaDeva, God · DevaसाSaaSheतंTamHim · To You · That · ThenवाVaaOr · Just · Nevertheless · As, Like · Or, Indeedसन्तSantaSaintदेवाःDevaahGods · Devas, Gods · Devas - verse 144तम॑ब्रवीत् । त्वं-वैँ मे॒ नेदि॑ष्ठग्ं हू॒तः प्रत्य॑श्रौषीः ।त्वयै॑ नानाख्या॒तार॒ इति॑ । तस्मा॒न्नुहै॑ना॒ग्॒-श्च॑तु र्होतार॒ इत्याच॑क्षते ।तस्मा᳚च्छुश्रू॒षुः पु॒त्राणा॒ग्ं॒ हृद्य॑तमः । नेदि॑ष्ठो॒ हृद्य॑तमः ।नेदि॑ष्ठो॒ ब्रह्म॑णो भवति । य ए॒वं-वेँद॑ ॥ 6 (आत्मने॒ नमः॑)tama̍bravīt । tvaṃ vai mē̠ nēdi̍ṣṭhagṃ hū̠taḥ pratya̍śrauṣīḥ ।tvayai̍ nānākhyā̠tāra̠ iti̍ । tasmā̠nnuhai̍nā̠g̠-ścha̍tu rhōtāra̠ ityācha̍kṣatē ।tasmā̎chChuśrū̠ṣuḥ pu̠trāṇā̠gṃ̠ hṛdya̍tamaḥ । nēdi̍ṣṭhō̠ hṛdya̍tamaḥ ।nēdi̍ṣṭhō̠ brahma̍ṇō bhavati । ya ē̠vaṃ vēda̍ ॥ 6 (ātmanē̠ nama̍ḥ)meaning
He said: 'You are the one nearest to me who responded; therefore those who call upon you are called the four invokers' — and so they address them as the four hotṛ priests.
word by wordमेMeTo me, of me · To me · Relates to Me · My · Please bestow Your Auspicious Blessings [on me] · (Please Make) my (undertakings Free of Obstacles) · Mine · of me, to meइतिItiRefers to something that precedesभवतिBhavatiBe, Exist · Becomes · Is · Is, Exists · (Under Your Refuge, one's Life indeed cannot go Astray and) become (afflicted with Fear) · Being, Becoming · Comes into beingयःYahHe WhoनमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsत्वंTvamYou · You (are that Inconceivable great Penance for the cause of Liberation)वैVaiA particle of affirmation or emphasis · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly, Certainly · Or · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly · A particle of emphasis and affirmation usually means indeed, truly, certainly · A particle of emphasis · Indeed, Truly, Verily; · Indeed, For emphasis · A particle for emphasis and affirmation · For emphasis, Truly, Certainlyत्वाTvaa(Among the Ganas or Group of Prayers) You (are the Ganapati or the Lord of the Prayers) · YouयाYaaTo go towardsएवंEvamThus · Thus, In this way · In this way · Indeed · In this mannerवेदVedaVedaनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 1457. शिवसङ्कल्पाः(ऋग् वेद खिल काण्डं 4.11 9.1)7. śivasaṅkalpāḥ(ṛg vēda khila kāṇḍaṃ 4.11 9.1)meaning
Section 7: Auspicious Intentions (Śiva-Saṅkalpas).
word by wordऋग्RgRig VedaवेदVedaVedaकन्दKandaA Bulb, Lump - verse 146येने॒द-म्भू॒त-म्भुव॑न-म्भवि॒ष्य-त्परि॑गृहीत-म॒मृते॑न॒ सर्व᳚म् । येन॑ य॒ज्ञस्ता॑यते(य॒ज्ञस्त्रा॑यते) स॒प्तहो॑ता॒ तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 1yēnē̠da-mbhū̠ta-mbhuva̍na-mbhavi̠ṣya-tpari̍gṛhīta-ma̠mṛtē̍na̠ sarva̎m । yēna̍ ya̠jñastā̍yatē(ya̠jñastrā̍yatē) sa̠ptahō̍tā̠ tanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 1meaning
That by which this past, present, and future world is comprehended, held in immortality throughout — by which the seven-invoking sacrifice is extended — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordसर्वम्SarvamAllयेनYenaBy this · by whom · By Him · By Whom [is Sustained the Universe] · By Which, By WhomमनःManahMindसर्वंSarvamAll, Full · [You Indeed are] All · All · All, Everything · Everything · [Peace is pervading] everywhere - verse 147येन॒ कर्मा॑णि प्र॒चर॑न्ति॒ धीरा॒ यतो॑ वा॒चा मन॑सा॒ चारु॒यन्ति॑ ।य-थ्स॒म्मित॒मनु॑ सं॒यँन्ति॑ प्रा॒णिन॒स्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 2yēna̠ karmā̍ṇi pra̠chara̍nti̠ dhīrā̠ yatō̍ vā̠chā mana̍sā̠ chāru̠yanti̍ ।ya-thsa̠mmita̠manu̍ sa̠ṃyanti̍ prā̠ṇina̠stanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 2meaning
By which the wise carry out all actions, by which speech and mind move in beautiful accord, by which all breathing ones are measured together — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordयेनYenaBy this · by whom · By Him · By Whom [is Sustained the Universe] · By Which, By Whomकर्माणिKarmaanni[He accomplishes Uccatana and all related spiritual] fruits · DeedsयतोYatoFrom Whom [is Created the Universe] · Because [of You]वाचाVaacaa[Whatever I do] with my Speech · Speech, Word · (Whatever is done) with the SpeechमनसाManasaain my Mind · With MindमनःManahMindधीरDhiiraSteady, ImmovableवचVacaSpeech - verse 148येन॒ कर्मा᳚ण्य॒पसो॑ मनी॒षिणो॑ य॒ज्ञे कृ॑ण्वन्ति वि॒दथे॑षु॒ धीराः᳚ ।यद॑पू॒र्वं-यँ॒क्ष्मम॒न्तः प्र॒जाना॒-न्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 3yēna̠ karmā̎ṇya̠pasō̍ manī̠ṣiṇō̍ ya̠jñē kṛ̍ṇvanti vi̠dathē̍ṣu̠ dhīrā̎ḥ ।yada̍pū̠rvaṃ ya̠kṣmama̠ntaḥ pra̠jānā̠-ntanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 3meaning
By which the wise ones perform their ritual actions in the seat of knowledge — that which lies hidden as the firstborn within creatures — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordयेनYenaBy this · by whom · By Him · By Whom [is Sustained the Universe] · By Which, By WhomमनःManahMindधीरDhiiraSteady, Immovable - verse 149यत्प्र॒ज्ञान॑-मु॒त चेतो॒ धृति॑श्च॒ यज्ज्योति॑ र॒न्तर॒मृत॑-म्प्र॒जासु॑ ।यस्मा॒न्न ऋ॒ते किञ्च॒न कर्म॑ क्रि॒यते॒ तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 4yatpra̠jñāna̍-mu̠ta chētō̠ dhṛti̍ścha̠ yajjyōti̍ ra̠ntara̠mṛta̍-mpra̠jāsu̍ ।yasmā̠nna ṛ̠tē kiñcha̠na karma̍ kri̠yatē̠ tanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 4meaning
That which is wisdom, consciousness, steadfastness, and the inner immortal light among creatures — without which no action whatever is performed — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordकिञ्चनKin.canaA little · In no Wayकर्मKarmaWorkक्रियतेKriyate(That person truly) performsमनःManahMind - verse 150सु॒षा॒र॒थि-रश्वा॑निव॒ यन्म॑नु॒ष्या᳚न्ने नी॒यते॑-ऽभी॒शु॑भि र्वा॒जिन॑ इव ।हृत्प्र॑तिष्ठं॒-यँद॑जिर॒-ञ्जवि॑ष्ठ॒-न्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 5su̠ṣā̠ra̠thi-raśvā̍niva̠ yanma̍nu̠ṣyā̎nnē nī̠yatē̍-'bhī̠śu̍bhi rvā̠jina̍ iva ।hṛtpra̍tiṣṭha̠ṃ yada̍jira̠-ñjavi̍ṣṭha̠-ntanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 5meaning
That which, like a skilled charioteer steering swift horses with the reins, guides human beings, seated in the heart and swiftest of all — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordइवIvaLikeमनःManahMind - verse 151यस्मि॒न् ऋच॒स्साम॒-यजूग्ं॑षि॒ यस्मि॑-न्प्रतिष्ठि॒ता र॑थ॒नाभा॑ वि॒वाराः᳚ ।यस्मिग्ग्॑श्चि॒त्तग्ं सर्व॒मोत॑-म्प्र॒जाना॒-न्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 6yasmi̠n ṛcha̠ssāma̠-yajūgṃ̍ṣi̠ yasmi̍-npratiṣṭhi̠tā ra̍tha̠nābhā̍ vi̠vārā̎ḥ ।yasmigg̍śchi̠ttagṃ sarva̠mōta̍-mpra̠jānā̠-ntanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 6meaning
In which the Ṛg, Sāma, and Yajur verses are firmly fixed like spokes in a hub, in which all consciousness of creatures is interwoven — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordयस्मिन्YasminWhichमनःManahMind - verse 152यदत्र॑ ष॒ष्ठ-न्त्रि॒शतग्ं॑ सु॒वीरं॑-यँ॒ज्ञस्य॑ गु॒ह्य-न्नव॑ नाव॒माय्य᳚म् ।दश॒ पञ्च॑ त्रि॒ग्ं॒शतं॒-यँत्पर॑-ञ्च॒ तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 7yadatra̍ ṣa̠ṣṭha-ntri̠śatagṃ̍ su̠vīra̍ṃ ya̠jñasya̍ gu̠hya-nnava̍ nāva̠māyya̎m ।daśa̠ pañcha̍ tri̠gṃ̠śata̠ṃ yatpara̍-ñcha̠ tanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 7meaning
That sixth set of thirty, hidden within the sacrifice — the nine inexhaustible, the ten, the fifteen, the thirty, and what lies beyond — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordदशDashaTenपञ्चPan.caFiveमनःManahMindदासDaasaServant - verse 153यज्जाग्र॑तो दू॒रमु॒दैति॒ दैव॒-न्तदु॑ सु॒प्तस्य॒ तथै॒वैति॑ ।दू॒र॒ग॒म्म-ञ्ज्योति॑षा॒-ञ्ज्योति॒रेक॒-न्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 8yajjāgra̍tō dū̠ramu̠daiti̠ daiva̠-ntadu̍ su̠ptasya̠ tathai̠vaiti̍ ।dū̠ra̠ga̠mma-ñjyōti̍ṣā̠-ñjyōti̠rēka̠-ntanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 8meaning
That which travels far away into the divine realm when one is awake and returns just so when one sleeps — that single light among lights — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordमनःManahMindसुप्तSuptaSleeping, Asleep - verse 154येने॒दं-विँश्व॒-ञ्जग॑तो ब॒भूव॒ ये दे॒वापि॑ मह॒तो जा॒तवे॑दाः ।तदे॒वाग्नि-स्तम॑सो॒ ज्योति॒रेक॒-न्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 9yēnē̠daṃ viśva̠-ñjaga̍tō ba̠bhūva̠ yē dē̠vāpi̍ maha̠tō jā̠tavē̍dāḥ ।tadē̠vāgni-stama̍sō̠ jyōti̠rēka̠-ntanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 9meaning
By which all this universe has come to be — the great Jātavedas the gods have contemplated — that fire alone is the single light out of darkness — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordयेYeWho · Those who · Those · WhoeverमहतोMahato[Greater than the] GreatमनःManahMindजातवेदःJaatavedahJataveda, Who gives rise to the Vedas, Refers to Agni - verse 155येन॒ द्यौः पृ॑थि॒वी चा॒न्तरि॑क्ष-ञ्च॒ ये पर्व॑ताः प्र॒दिशो॒ दिश॑श्च ।येने॒द-ञ्जग॒-द्व्याप्त॑-म्प्र॒जाना॒-न्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 10yēna̠ dyauḥ pṛ̍thi̠vī chā̠ntari̍kṣa-ñcha̠ yē parva̍tāḥ pra̠diśō̠ diśa̍ścha ।yēnē̠da-ñjaga̠-dvyāpta̍-mpra̠jānā̠-ntanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 10meaning
By which the sky, the earth, and the midspace are upheld, and the mountains, the regions, and the directions — by which this universe is pervaded — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordयेनYenaBy this · by whom · By Him · By Whom [is Sustained the Universe] · By Which, By Whomद्यौःDyauh[Peace is in] Sky or HeavenपृथिवीPrthiviiEarth, WorldयेYeWho · Those who · Those · WhoeverमनःManahMindपर्वतParvataHill, Mountain - verse 156ये म॑नो॒ हृद॑यं॒-येँ च॑ दे॒वा ये दि॒व्या आपो॒ ये सूर्य॑रश्मिः ।ते श्रोत्रे॒ चक्षु॑षी स॒ञ्चर॑न्त॒-न्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 11yē ma̍nō̠ hṛda̍ya̠ṃ yē cha̍ dē̠vā yē di̠vyā āpō̠ yē sūrya̍raśmiḥ ।tē śrōtrē̠ chakṣu̍ṣī sa̠ñchara̍nta̠-ntanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 11meaning
That which is mind, that which is in the heart, those that are the gods, the divine waters, the rays of the sun — they move through the ears and the eyes — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordयेYeWho · Those who · Those · WhoeverमनोManoMind · [My] Mind [is Established in Speech]चCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsदेवाDevaaDeva, God · DevaआपोAapoAll-PervadingतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeमनःManahMindहृदयंHrdayamHeartदेवDevaDivineदिव्यDivyaDivineश्रोत्रShrotraThe organ of Hearing - verse 157अचि॑न्त्य॒-ञ्चा प्र॑मेय॒-ञ्च व्य॒क्ता-व्यक्त॑ पर॒-ञ्च य॑त् ।सूक्ष्मा᳚-थ्सूक्ष्मत॑र-ञ्ज्ञे॒य॒-न्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 12achi̍ntya̠-ñchā pra̍mēya̠-ñcha vya̠ktā-vyakta̍ para̠-ñcha ya̍t ।sūkṣmā̎-thsūkṣmata̍ra-ñjñē̠ya̠-ntanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 12meaning
Inconceivable and immeasurable, beyond the manifest and unmanifest — subtler than the subtlest yet to be known — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordयत्YatWhichमनःManahMind - verse 158एका॑ च द॒श श॒त-ञ्च॑ स॒हस्र॑-ञ्चा॒युत॑-ञ्च नि॒युत॑-ञ्च प्र॒युतं॒चार्बु॑द-ञ्च॒ न्य॑र्बुद-ञ्च समु॒द्रश्च॒ मद्ध्य॒-ञ्चान्त॑श्च परा॒र्धश्च॒ तन्मे॒ मनः॑शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 13ēkā̍ cha da̠śa śa̠ta-ñcha̍ sa̠hasra̍-ñchā̠yuta̍-ñcha ni̠yuta̍-ñcha pra̠yuta̠ṃchārbu̍da-ñcha̠ nya̍rbuda-ñcha samu̠draścha̠ maddhya̠-ñchānta̍ścha parā̠rdhaścha̠ tanmē̠ mana̍ḥśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 13meaning
One, ten, hundred, thousand, ten thousand, hundred thousand, million, billion, and beyond — ocean and middle and end — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsदशDashaTenमनःManahMindएकEkaOneदासDaasaServant - verse 159ये प॑ञ्च॒ पञ्च॑ दश श॒तग्ं स॒हस्र॑-म॒युत॒-न्न्य॑र्बुद-ञ्च ।ते अ॑ग्नि-चि॒त्येष्ट॑का॒स्तग्ं शरी॑र॒-न्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 14yē pa̍ñcha̠ pañcha̍ daśa śa̠tagṃ sa̠hasra̍-ma̠yuta̠-nnya̍rbuda-ñcha ।tē a̍gni-chi̠tyēṣṭa̍kā̠stagṃ śarī̍ra̠-ntanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 14meaning
Those countless bricks of the fire-altar form this body — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordयेYeWho · Those who · Those · Whoeverपञ्चPan.caFiveदशDashaTenतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeमनःManahMindदासDaasaServant - verse 160वेदा॒हमे॒त-म्पु॑रुष-म्म॒हान्त॑-मादि॒त्य-व॑र्ण॒-न्तम॑सः॒ पर॑स्तात् ।यस्य॒ योनि॒-म्परि॒पश्य॑न्ति॒ धीरा॒स्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 15vēdā̠hamē̠ta-mpu̍ruṣa-mma̠hānta̍-mādi̠tya-va̍rṇa̠-ntama̍sa̠ḥ para̍stāt ।yasya̠ yōni̠-mpari̠paśya̍nti̠ dhīrā̠stanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 15meaning
I know that great Person, sun-colored, beyond the darkness — those who are wise behold the source from which he springs — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordयस्यYasyaWhose · Of Whose · Of WhomमनःManahMind - verse 161यस्ये॒द-न्धीराः᳚ पु॒नन्ति॑ क॒वयो᳚ ब्र॒ह्माण॑मे॒त-न्त्वा॑ वृणत॒ इन्दु᳚म् ।स्था॒व॒र-ञ्जङ्ग॑मं॒-द्यौ॑राका॒श-न्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 16yasyē̠da-ndhīrā̎ḥ pu̠nanti̍ ka̠vayō̎ bra̠hmāṇa̍mē̠ta-ntvā̍ vṛṇata̠ indu̎m ।sthā̠va̠ra-ñjaṅga̍ma̠ṃ-dyau̍rākā̠śa-ntanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 16meaning
He whom the wise poets purify and praise, taking up soma — immovable and moving, heaven and space — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordमनःManahMindइन्दुInduMoon - verse 162परा᳚-त्प॒रत॑र-ञ्चै॒व॒ य॒-त्परा᳚श्चैव॒ यत्प॑रम् ।य॒त्परा᳚-त्पर॑तो ज्ञे॒य॒-न्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 17parā̎-tpa̠rata̍ra-ñchai̠va̠ ya̠-tparā̎śchaiva̠ yatpa̍ram ।ya̠tparā̎-tpara̍tō jñē̠ya̠-ntanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 17meaning
Beyond what is beyond, and also beyond that, and beyond even the beyond — what is to be known as the transcendent of the transcendent — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordमनःManahMind - verse 163परा᳚-त्परत॑रो ब्र॒ह्मा॒ त॒त्परा᳚-त्पर॒तो ह॑रिः ।त॒त्परा᳚-त्पर॑तो ऽधी॒श॒स्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 18parā̎-tparata̍rō bra̠hmā̠ ta̠tparā̎-tpara̠tō ha̍riḥ ।ta̠tparā̎-tpara̍tō 'dhī̠śa̠stanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 18meaning
Brahmā is beyond what is beyond; Hari transcends that further; the Supreme Lord transcends further still — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordब्रह्माBrahmaaLord Brahma · Brahma · (Whose Incomparable Power of Greatness even Bhagavan Ananta), Brahma and (Hara is not able to describe) · [You are] Brahma · Sri Brahma · [I remember] BrahmaहरिHariHariमनःManahMind - verse 164या वे॑दा॒दिषु॑ गाय॒त्री॒ स॒र्व॒व्यापि॑ महे॒श्वरी ।ऋग् य॑जु-स्सामा-थर्वै॒श्च॒ तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 19yā vē̍dā̠diṣu̍ gāya̠trī̠ sa̠rva̠vyāpi̍ mahē̠śvarī ।ṛg ya̍ju-ssāmā-tharvai̠ścha̠ tanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 19meaning
That which is the Gāyatrī in the Vedas, the all-pervading great Maheśvarī — present in the Ṛg, Yajur, Sāma, and Atharva — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordयाYaaTo go towardsमहेश्वरीMaheshvariiDevi Maheshwariऋग्RgRig VedaमनःManahMind - verse 165यो वै॑ दे॒व-म्म॑हादे॒व॒-म्प्र॒णव॑-म्पर॒मेश्व॑रम् ।य-स्सर्वे॑ सर्व॑ वेदै॒श्च॒ तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 20yō vai̍ dē̠va-mma̍hādē̠va̠-mpra̠ṇava̍-mpara̠mēśva̍ram ।ya-ssarvē̍ sarva̍ vēdai̠ścha̠ tanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 20meaning
He who is the great god Mahādeva, the Oṃkāra, the Supreme Lord — he who is everything, known through all the Vedas — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordयोYoHe who [after unpinning the Keelaka makes Her manifest and then recites the Chandi by constantly dwelling on Her Conscious Form] · He Who · He · Which · WhoवैVaiA particle of affirmation or emphasis · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly, Certainly · Or · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly · A particle of emphasis and affirmation usually means indeed, truly, certainly · A particle of emphasis · Indeed, Truly, Verily; · Indeed, For emphasis · A particle for emphasis and affirmation · For emphasis, Truly, Certainlyसर्वंSarvamAll, Full · [You Indeed are] All · All · All, Everything · Everything · [Peace is pervading] everywhereमनःManahMindसर्वSarvaAll - verse 166प्रय॑तः॒ प्रण॑वोङ्का॒र॒-म्प्र॒णव॑-म्पुरु॒षोत्त॑मम् ।ओकां॑र॒-म्प्रण॑वात्मा॒न॒-न्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 21praya̍ta̠ḥ praṇa̍vōṅkā̠ra̠-mpra̠ṇava̍-mpuru̠ṣōtta̍mam ।ōkā̍ṃra̠-mpraṇa̍vātmā̠na̠-ntanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 21meaning
The pure Oṃkāra, the supreme Person, the soul of Oṃkāra — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordप्रयतःPrayatahPiously disposed, Intent on DevotionमनःManahMind - verse 167यो-ऽसौ॑ स॒र्वेषु॑ वेदे॒षु॒ प॒ठ्यते᳚ ह्यज॒ ईश्व॑रः । अ॒कायो॑ निर्गु॑णो ह्या॒त्मा॒ तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 22yō-'sau̍ sa̠rvēṣu̍ vēdē̠ṣu̠ pa̠ṭhyatē̎ hyaja̠ īśva̍raḥ । a̠kāyō̍ nirgu̍ṇō hyā̠tmā̠ tanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 22meaning
He who in all the Vedas is declared the unborn Lord, bodiless, without qualities, the Self — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordसर्वेषुSarvessu(How can we describe Your great Deeds, O Devi, which shine) among all (the hosts of Devas, Asuras and others?)ईश्वरIishvaraMaster, Lord, the Supremeह्यात्माHi-Aatmaa(There is) indeed (only One Supreme) AatmaaमनःManahMind - verse 168गोभि॒ र्जुष्ट॒-न्धने॑न॒ ह्यायु॑षा च॒ बले॑न च । प्र॒जया॑ प॒शुभिः॑ पुष्करा॒क्ष॒-न्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 23gōbhi̠ rjuṣṭa̠-ndhanē̍na̠ hyāyu̍ṣā cha̠ balē̍na cha । pra̠jayā̍ pa̠śubhi̍ḥ puṣkarā̠kṣa̠-ntanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 23meaning
Enriched with cows, wealth, long life, strength, progeny, and cattle, O lotus-eyed one — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsमनःManahMindबालBaalaChildप्रजाPrajaaPeople, Subjects, Offspring, Family - verse 169कैला॑स॒ शिख॑रे र॒म्ये॒ श॒ङ्कर॑स्य शि॒वाल॑ये ।दे॒वता᳚स्तत्र॑ मोद॒न्ते॒ तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 24kailā̍sa̠ śikha̍rē ra̠myē̠ śa̠ṅkara̍sya śi̠vāla̍yē ।dē̠vatā̎statra̍ mōda̠ntē̠ tanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 24meaning
On the beautiful peak of Kailāsa, in Śaṅkara's auspicious dwelling, the gods delight themselves — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordकैलासKailaasaKailasa, Abode of Shivaशङ्करस्यShangkarasya[Issued forth Mahat Tejas] of Lord ShankaraशिवालयेShivaalayeAt ShivalayaमनःManahMindशिखरShikharaPeak - verse 170त्र्य॑बङ्कं-यँजामहे सुग॒न्धि-म्पु॑ष्टि॒वर्ध॑नम् । उ॒र्वा॒रु॒कमि॑व॒ बन्ध॑ना-न्मृ॒त्यो-र्मु॑क्षीय॒ मा-ऽमृता॒-त्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 25वि॒श्वत॑-श्चक्षुरु॒त वि॒श्वतो॑ मुखो वि॒श्वतो॑ हस्त उ॒त वि॒श्वत॑स्पात् ।trya̍baṅkaṃ yajāmahē suga̠ndhi-mpu̍ṣṭi̠vardha̍nam । u̠rvā̠ru̠kami̍va̠ bandha̍nā-nmṛ̠tyō-rmu̍kṣīya̠ mā-'mṛtā̠-ttanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 25vi̠śvata̍-śchakṣuru̠ta vi̠śvatō̍ mukhō vi̠śvatō̍ hasta u̠ta vi̠śvata̍spāt ।meaning
We worship the three-eyed one, the fragrant increaser of growth; as the cucumber is freed from its stalk, may I be freed from death, not from immortality — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordउर्वारुकमिवUrvaarukam-Iva[From these Bondages of Samsara] similar to Cucumbers [tied to their Creepers]मनःManahMindहस्तHastaHandयजामहेYajamaheWe Worship [the Three-Eyed One] · We Worship - verse 171सम्बा॒हुभ्यां॒-नम॑ति॒ सम्प॑तत्रै॒ र्द्यावा॑ पृथि॒वी ज॒नय॑-न्दे॒व एक॒स्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 26sambā̠hubhyā̠ṃ-nama̍ti̠ sampa̍tatrai̠ rdyāvā̍ pṛthi̠vī ja̠naya̍-ndē̠va ēka̠stanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 26meaning
With both arms he bows, bowing with wings; heaven and earth together; that one god has generated them — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordपृथिवीPrthiviiEarth, WorldमनःManahMind - verse 172च॒तुरो॑ वे॒दान॑धीयी॒त॒ स॒र्व शा᳚स्त्रम॒यं-विँ॑दुः । इ॒ति॒हा॒स॒ पु॒रा॒णा॒ना॒-न्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 27cha̠turō̍ vē̠dāna̍dhīyī̠ta̠ sa̠rva śā̎strama̠yaṃ vi̍duḥ । i̠ti̠hā̠sa̠ pu̠rā̠ṇā̠nā̠-ntanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 27meaning
One who studies all four Vedas knows all the śāstras, itihāsas, and Purāṇas — may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordसर्वंSarvamAll, Full · [You Indeed are] All · All · All, Everything · Everything · [Peace is pervading] everywhereमनःManahMindसर्वSarvaAll - verse 173मा नो॑ म॒हान्त॑मु॒त मा नो॑ अर्भ॒क-म्मा न॒ उक्ष॑न्तमु॒त मा न॑ उक्षि॒तम् । मा नो॑ वधीः पि॒तर॒-म्मोत मा॒तर॑-म्प्रि॒या मा न॑स्त॒नुवो॑ रुद्र रीरिष॒स्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 28mā nō̍ ma̠hānta̍mu̠ta mā nō̍ arbha̠ka-mmā na̠ ukṣa̍ntamu̠ta mā na̍ ukṣi̠tam । mā nō̍ vadhīḥ pi̠tara̠-mmōta mā̠tara̍-mpri̠yā mā na̍sta̠nuvō̍ rudra rīriṣa̠stanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 28meaning
Slay not our great ones nor our little ones, not the growing bull nor the grown — slay not our father nor our mother, O Rudra, and harm not our beloved bodies.
word by wordमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, RoarनोNoNot · Us · Us, Our · Us, of us, to us · Towards UsनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, Ourरुद्रःRudrahSri ShivaमनःManahMindनNaNot · Us, Our · [There are] no [Mantras or Medicine available, even a trace which can accomplish Uccatana etc.] · Us, of us, to us · The letter Nna · Not, Us · Not, No, Nor, Neitherरुद्रRudraRudra - verse 174मा न॑स्तो॒के तन॑ये॒ मा न॒ आयु॑षि॒ मा नो॒ गोषु॒ मा नो॒ अश्वे॑षु रीरिषः ।वी॒रान्मानो॑ रुद्र भामि॒तोव॑धी र्ह॒विष्म॑न्तो॒ नम॑सा विधेम ते॒ तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 29mā na̍stō̠kē tana̍yē̠ mā na̠ āyu̍ṣi̠ mā nō̠ gōṣu̠ mā nō̠ aśvē̍ṣu rīriṣaḥ ।vī̠rānmānō̍ rudra bhāmi̠tōva̍dhī rha̠viṣma̍ntō̠ nama̍sā vidhēma tē̠ tanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 29meaning
Injure not our child or our progeny, not our life, not our cattle, not our horses; slay not our heroes, O Rudra — we, bearers of offerings, worship you with homage; may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordमाMaaTo Sound, Bellow, RoarनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurनोNoNot · Us · Us, Our · Us, of us, to us · Towards Usरुद्रःRudrahSri ShivaतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeमनःManahMindनNaNot · Us, Our · [There are] no [Mantras or Medicine available, even a trace which can accomplish Uccatana etc.] · Us, of us, to us · The letter Nna · Not, Us · Not, No, Nor, Neitherरुद्रRudraRudra - verse 175ऋ॒तग्ं स॒त्य-म्प॑र-म्ब्र॒ह्म॒ पु॒रुष॑-ङ्कृष्ण॒पिङ्ग॑लम् ।ऊ॒र्ध्वरे॑तं-विँ॑रूपा॒क्षं॒-विँ॒श्वरू॑पाय॒ वै नमो॒ नम॒स्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 30ṛ̠tagṃ sa̠tya-mpa̍ra-mbra̠hma̠ pu̠ruṣa̍-ṅkṛṣṇa̠piṅga̍lam ।ū̠rdhvarē̍taṃ vi̍rūpā̠kṣa̠ṃ vi̠śvarū̍pāya̠ vai namō̠ nama̠stanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 30meaning
Truth, righteousness, and the supreme Brahman — the dark-reddish Person, upward-flowing, all-formed — homage again and again; may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordवैVaiA particle of affirmation or emphasis · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly, Certainly · Or · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly · A particle of emphasis and affirmation usually means indeed, truly, certainly · A particle of emphasis · Indeed, Truly, Verily; · Indeed, For emphasis · A particle for emphasis and affirmation · For emphasis, Truly, CertainlyनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]मनःManahMind - verse 176क-द्रु॒द्राय॒ प्रचे॑तसे मी॒ढुष्ट॑माय॒ तव्य॑से । वो॒चेम॒ शन्त॑मग्ं हृ॒दे ।सर्वो॒ ह्ये॑ष रु॒द्रस्तस्मै॑ रु॒द्राय॒ नमो॑ अस्तु॒ तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 31ka-dru̠drāya̠ prachē̍tasē mī̠ḍhuṣṭa̍māya̠ tavya̍sē । vō̠chēma̠ śanta̍magṃ hṛ̠dē ।sarvō̠ hyē̍ṣa ru̠drastasmai̍ ru̠drāya̠ namō̍ astu̠ tanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 31meaning
How shall we speak a word of peace into the heart of Rudra the Perceiver, the most generous and mightiest? For all this is Rudra — to that Rudra homage; may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]अस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it soमनःManahMindरुद्रRudraRudra - verse 177ब्रह्म॑जज्ञा॒न-म्प्र॑थ॒म-म्पु॒रस्ता॒-द्विसी॑म॒त-स्सु॒रुचो॑ वे॒न आ॑वः ।स बु॒ध्निया॑ उप॒मा अ॑स्य वि॒ष्ठा-स्स॒तश्च॒ योनि॒-मस॑तश्च॒ विव॒स्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 32brahma̍jajñā̠na-mpra̍tha̠ma-mpu̠rastā̠-dvisī̍ma̠ta-ssu̠ruchō̍ vē̠na ā̍vaḥ ।sa bu̠dhniyā̍ upa̠mā a̍sya vi̠ṣṭhā-ssa̠taścha̠ yōni̠-masa̍taścha̠ viva̠stanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 32meaning
Brahman-knowledge, the first-born, shone forth from the eastern summit revealed by the divine seer — the foundation and womb of both being and non-being; may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordसःSahHeउपमाUpamaaComparison, Resemblance, Simileअस्यAsyaOf thisमनःManahMindअवAvaA prefixसाSaaSheउपमUpamaLike, Similar - verse 178यः प्रा॑ण॒तो नि॑मिष॒तो म॑हि॒त्वैक॒ इद्राजा॒ जग॑तो ब॒भूव॑ । य ईशे॑ अ॒स्य द्वि॒पद॒-श्चतु॑ष्पदः॒ कस्मै॑ दे॒वाय॑ ह॒विषा॑ विधेम॒ तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 33yaḥ prā̍ṇa̠tō ni̍miṣa̠tō ma̍hi̠tvaika̠ idrājā̠ jaga̍tō ba̠bhūva̍ । ya īśē̍ a̠sya dvi̠pada̠-śchatu̍ṣpada̠ḥ kasmai̍ dē̠vāya̍ ha̠viṣā̍ vidhēma̠ tanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 33meaning
He who is great by the single greatness of his majesty, the one king of what breathes and blinks — to that god to whom shall we offer oblation? May that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordयःYahHe Whoअस्यAsyaOf thisदेवायDevaaya[Salutations to the] Divinity · to the LordमनःManahMindयाYaaTo go towards - verse 179य आ᳚त्म॒दा ब॑ल॒दा यस्य॒ विश्व॑ उ॒पास॑ते प्र॒शिषं॒-यँस्य॑ दे॒वाः ।यस्य॑ छा॒या-ऽमृतं॒-यँस्य॑ मृ॒त्युः कस्मै॑ दे॒वाय॑ ह॒विषा॑ विधेम॒ तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 34ya ā̎tma̠dā ba̍la̠dā yasya̠ viśva̍ u̠pāsa̍tē pra̠śiṣa̠ṃ yasya̍ dē̠vāḥ ।yasya̍ Chā̠yā-'mṛta̠ṃ yasya̍ mṛ̠tyuḥ kasmai̍ dē̠vāya̍ ha̠viṣā̍ vidhēma̠ tanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 34meaning
He who is the giver of the self and of strength, whose commands all the gods revere, whose shadow is immortality and whose other face is death — to that god to whom shall we offer? May that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordयःYahHe Whoयस्यYasyaWhose · Of Whose · Of Whomविश्वVishvaWorld, UniveseदेवाDevaaDeva, God · Devaमृत्युःMrtyuhDeathदेवायDevaaya[Salutations to the] Divinity · to the LordमनःManahMindयाYaaTo go towardsदेवाःDevaahGods · Devas, Gods · Devas - verse 180यो रु॒द्रो अ॒ग्नौ यो अ॒फ्सु य ओष॑धीषु॒ यो रु॒द्रो विश्वा॒ भुव॑ना-ऽऽवि॒वेश॒ तस्मै॑ रु॒द्राय॒ नमो॑ अस्तु॒ तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 35yō ru̠drō a̠gnau yō a̠phsu ya ōṣa̍dhīṣu̠ yō ru̠drō viśvā̠ bhuva̍nā-''vi̠vēśa̠ tasmai̍ ru̠drāya̠ namō̍ astu̠ tanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 35meaning
Rudra who is in fire, who is in waters, who is in plants, who has entered all worlds — to that Rudra homage; may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordयोYoHe who [after unpinning the Keelaka makes Her manifest and then recites the Chandi by constantly dwelling on Her Conscious Form] · He Who · He · Which · WhoयःYahHe Whoविश्वाVishvaaWorld · Universeतस्मैTasmaiTo HimनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]अस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it soमनःManahMindयाYaaTo go towardsविश्वVishvaWorld, Univeseरुद्रRudraRudra - verse 181ग॒न्ध॒द्वा॒रा-न्दु॑राध॒र्षा॒-न्नि॒त्यपु॑ष्टा-ङ्करी॒षिणी᳚म् । ई॒श्वरीग्ं॑ सर्व॑ भूता॒ना॒-न्तामि॒होप॑ह्वये॒ श्रिय॒-न्तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 36य इदग्ं॑ शिव॑सङ्क॒ल्प॒ग्ं॒ स॒दा ध्या॑यन्ति॒ ब्राह्म॑णाः । ते प॑र-म्मोक्ष॑-ङ्गमिष्य॒न्ति॒ तन्मे॒ मनः॑ शि॒वस॑ङ्क॒ल्पम॑स्तु ॥ 37ga̠ndha̠dvā̠rā-ndu̍rādha̠rṣā̠-nni̠tyapu̍ṣṭā-ṅkarī̠ṣiṇī̎m । ī̠śvarīgṃ̍ sarva̍ bhūtā̠nā̠-ntāmi̠hōpa̍hvayē̠ śriya̠-ntanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 36ya idagṃ̍ śiva̍saṅka̠lpa̠gṃ̠ sa̠dā dhyā̍yanti̠ brāhma̍ṇāḥ । tē pa̍ra-mmōkṣa̍-ṅgamiṣya̠nti̠ tanmē̠ mana̍-śśi̠vasa̍ṅka̠lpama̍stu ॥ 37meaning
Śrī, perfumed, irresistible, ever-nourished, sovereign of all beings — her, the goddess Śrī, I invoke here; may that mind of mine be of auspicious resolve.
word by wordसर्वंSarvamAll, Full · [You Indeed are] All · All · All, Everything · Everything · [Peace is pervading] everywhereमनःManahMindयःYahHe WhoसदाSadaaAlways · Always, Ever, Every Time; · Always, Ever, Every Time · Always, Ever · Who is Served always · [O Devi, Please bestow Your Auspicious Blessings on me], always · [He attains his innermost longing and Devi] always [dwell in his heart] · Who Always (Abide as the Mantra) · Always, Perpetually · Eternalध्यायन्तिDhyaayanti[Yogis] Mediate · MeditatingतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · Heसर्वSarvaAllयाYaaTo go towardsब्रह्मणःBrahmannah[Issued forth Mahat Tejas of] Lord Brahma - verse 182ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ शिवसङ्कल्पग्ं हृदयाय नमः॑ ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ śivasaṅkalpagṃ hṛdayāya nama̍ḥ ॥meaning
Om — homage to the blessed Rudra. May the auspicious resolve be placed in the heart.
word by wordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraहृदयHrdayaHeartनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutation - verse 1837.2 पुरुष सूक्तं(तै. अर. 3.12.1 - तै. अर. 3.12.7)7.2 puruṣa sūktaṃ(tai. ara. 3.12.1 - tai. ara. 3.12.7)meaning
Section 7.2: The Puruṣa Sūkta.
word by wordपुरुषंPurussam[I reverentially bow down to Shambhu] Who is the Primeval Being · Who is the Primeval Original Source of the Universeसूक्तSuuktaVedic hymn, song of PraiseतैTaiYourपुरुषPurussaPurusha - verse 184स॒हस्र॑शीर्षा॒ पुरु॑षः । स॒ह॒स्रा॒क्ष-स्स॒हस्र॑पात् । स भूमिं॑-विँ॒श्वतो॑ वृ॒त्वा । अत्य॑तिष्ठ-द्दशाङ्गु॒लम् । पुरु॑ष ए॒वेदग्ं सर्व᳚म् । य-द्भू॒तं-यँच्च॒ भव्य᳚म् ।उ॒तामृ॑त॒त्वस्येशा॑नः । यदन्ने॑ना-ति॒रोह॑ति ।ए॒तावा॑नस्य महि॒मा । अतो॒ ज्यायाग्॑श्च॒ पूरु॑षः ॥ 1sa̠hasra̍śīrṣā̠ puru̍ṣaḥ । sa̠ha̠srā̠kṣa-ssa̠hasra̍pāt । sa bhūmi̍ṃ vi̠śvatō̍ vṛ̠tvā । atya̍tiṣṭha-ddaśāṅgu̠lam । puru̍ṣa ē̠vēdagṃ sarva̎m । ya-dbhū̠taṃ yachcha̠ bhavya̎m ।u̠tāmṛ̍ta̠tvasyēśā̍naḥ । yadannē̍nā-ti̠rōha̍ti ।ē̠tāvā̍nasya mahi̠mā । atō̠ jyāyāg̍ścha̠ pūru̍ṣaḥ ॥ 1meaning
The Person has a thousand heads, a thousand eyes, a thousand feet; having pervaded the earth on all sides he extends beyond by ten finger-breadths — the Person is all this, all that was and all that will be.
word by wordपुरुषंPurussam[I reverentially bow down to Shambhu] Who is the Primeval Being · Who is the Primeval Original Source of the UniverseसःSahHeसर्वम्SarvamAllमहिमाMahimaaGlory · GreatnessपूरुषPuurussaPurusha, LordपूरुषःPuurussahA Supreme Being or SoulसाSaaSheभूमिBhuumiEarthपुरुषPurussaPurushaसर्वंSarvamAll, Full · [You Indeed are] All · All · All, Everything · Everything · [Peace is pervading] everywhereभव्याBhavyaaGracious - verse 185पादो᳚-ऽस्य॒ विश्वा॑ भू॒तानि॑ । त्रि॒पाद॑स्या॒-मृत॑-न्दि॒वि । त्रि॒पादू॒र्ध्व उदै॒-त्पुरु॑षः । पादो᳚ ऽस्ये॒हा-ऽऽभ॑वा॒-त्पुनः॑ ।ततो॒ विष्वं॒-व्यँ॑क्रामत् । सा॒श॒ना॒न॒श॒ने अ॒भि ॥ तस्मा᳚-द्वि॒राड॑जायत । वि॒राजो॒ अधि॒ पूरु॑षः । स जा॒तो अत्य॑रिच्यत । प॒श्चा-द्भूमि॒मथो॑ पु॒रः ॥ 2pādō̎-'sya̠ viśvā̍ bhū̠tāni̍ । tri̠pāda̍syā̠-mṛta̍-ndi̠vi । tri̠pādū̠rdhva udai̠-tpuru̍ṣaḥ । pādō̎ 'syē̠hā-''bha̍vā̠-tpuna̍ḥ ।tatō̠ viṣva̠ṃ vya̍krāmat । sā̠śa̠nā̠na̠śa̠nē a̠bhi ॥ tasmā̎-dvi̠rāḍa̍jāyata । vi̠rājō̠ adhi̠ pūru̍ṣaḥ । sa jā̠tō atya̍richyata । pa̠śchā-dbhūmi̠mathō̍ pu̠raḥ ॥ 2meaning
Three-quarters of him rose above; one quarter remains here below — from this one quarter he expanded in all directions into what eats and what does not eat.
word by wordविश्वाVishvaaWorld · UniverseततोTatoThere [he saw] · Then · There, at that place · Therefore [only after knowing this fully the wise men begin reciting the Devi Mahatmyam] · Then (they go to Heaven by Your Grace) · And from there (make Your Grace flow for the Welfare of the World)अभिAbhiTowardsअधिAdhiExpresses AboveपूरुषPuurussaPurusha, LordसःSahHeपुरPuraa Fortress, Castle, City, House, Tripurasuraविश्वVishvaWorld, UniveseअधीAdhiiTo StudyपूरुषःPuurussahA Supreme Being or SoulसाSaaShe - verse 186यत्पुरु॑षेण ह॒विषा᳚ । दे॒वा य॒ज्ञमत॑न्वत । व॒स॒न्तो अ॑स्यासी॒दाज्य᳚म् । ग्री॒ष्म इ॒द्ध्म श्श॒रद्ध॒विः । स॒प्तास्या॑स-न्परि॒धयः॑ । त्रि-स्स॒प्त स॒मिधः॑ कृ॒ताः । दे॒वाय-द्य॒ज्ञ-न्त॑न्वा॒नाः । अब॑ध्न॒-न्पुरु॑ष-म्प॒शुम् ॥तं-यँ॒ज्ञ-म्ब॒र्हिषि॒ प्रौक्षन्न्॑ । पुरु॑ष-ञ्जा॒तम॑ग्र॒तः ॥ 3yatpuru̍ṣēṇa ha̠viṣā̎ । dē̠vā ya̠jñamata̍nvata । va̠sa̠ntō a̍syāsī̠dājya̎m । grī̠ṣma i̠ddhma śśa̠raddha̠viḥ । sa̠ptāsyā̍sa-npari̠dhaya̍ḥ । tri-ssa̠pta sa̠midha̍ḥ kṛ̠tāḥ । dē̠vāya-dya̠jña-nta̍nvā̠nāḥ । aba̍dhna̠-npuru̍ṣa-mpa̠śum ॥taṃ ya̠jña-mba̠rhiṣi̠ praukṣann̍ । puru̍ṣa-ñjā̠tama̍gra̠taḥ ॥ 3meaning
When the gods performed the sacrifice with the Person as offering, spring was the clarified butter, summer the kindling wood, and autumn the oblation; the altar had seven surroundings, three times seven fuel sticks.
word by wordदेवाDevaaDeva, God · Devaग्रीष्मGriissmaSummerदेवDevaDivineकृतKrtaMade, Done, PerformedतंTamHim · To You · That · Then - verse 187तेन॑ दे॒वा अय॑जन्त । सा॒द्ध्या ऋष॑यश्च॒ ये ।तस्मा᳚-द्य॒ज्ञा-थ्स॑र्व॒हुतः॑ । सम्भृ॑त-म्पृषदा॒ज्यम् । प॒शूग्स्ताग्श्च॑क्रे वाय॒व्यान्॑ । आ॒र॒ण्या-न्ग्रा॒म्याश्च॒ ये । तस्मा᳚-द्य॒ज्ञा-थ्स॑र्व॒हुतः॑ । ऋच॒-स्सामा॑नि जज्ञिरे ।छन्दाग्ं॑सि जज्ञिरे॒ तस्मा᳚त् । यजु॒स्तस्मा॑-दजायत ॥ 4tēna̍ dē̠vā aya̍janta । sā̠ddhyā ṛṣa̍yaścha̠ yē ।tasmā̎-dya̠jñā-thsa̍rva̠huta̍ḥ । sambhṛ̍ta-mpṛṣadā̠jyam । pa̠śūgstāgścha̍krē vāya̠vyān̍ । ā̠ra̠ṇyā-ngrā̠myāścha̠ yē । tasmā̎-dya̠jñā-thsa̍rva̠huta̍ḥ । ṛcha̠-ssāmā̍ni jajñirē ।Chandāgṃ̍si jajñirē̠ tasmā̎t । yaju̠stasmā̍-dajāyata ॥ 4meaning
By that sacrifice the gods, the Sādhyas, and the seers offered; from that sacrifice were born the hymns, the chants, and the meters; from it came the forest and domestic creatures.
word by wordतेनTenaBy thatदेवाDevaaDeva, God · DevaयेYeWho · Those who · Those · Whoeverतस्मात्TasmaatFrom that, Therefore · From that · ThereforeदेवDevaDivine - verse 188तस्मा॒दश्वा॑ अजायन्त । ये के चो॑भ॒याद॑तः ।गावो॑ ह जज्ञिरे॒ तस्मा᳚त् । तस्मा᳚ज्जा॒ता अ॑जा॒वयः॑ ।यत्पुरु॑षं॒-व्यँ॑दधुः । क॒ति॒धा व्य॑कल्पयन्न् ।मुख॒-ङ्किम॑स्य॒ कौ बा॒हू । कावू॒रू पादा॑वुच्येते । ब्रा॒ह्म॒णो᳚-ऽस्य॒ मुख॑मासीत् । बा॒हू रा॑ज॒न्यः॑ कृ॒तः ॥ 5tasmā̠daśvā̍ ajāyanta । yē kē chō̍bha̠yāda̍taḥ ।gāvō̍ ha jajñirē̠ tasmā̎t । tasmā̎jjā̠tā a̍jā̠vaya̍ḥ ।yatpuru̍ṣa̠ṃ vya̍dadhuḥ । ka̠ti̠dhā vya̍kalpayann ।mukha̠-ṅkima̍sya̠ kau bā̠hū । kāvū̠rū pādā̍vuchyētē । brā̠hma̠ṇō̎-'sya̠ mukha̍māsīt । bā̠hū rā̍ja̠nya̍ḥ kṛ̠taḥ ॥ 5meaning
From it horses were born, and all two-toothed creatures; cattle, goats, and sheep were born from it; when they divided the Person — the Vaiśya arose from his thighs; the Śūdra from his feet; the moon from his mind; the sun from his eye; Indra and Agni from his mouth; Vāyu from his breath.
word by wordयेYeWho · Those who · Those · WhoeverगावोGaavoCowsहHaFor emphasis · Killing, Destroying, Removingतस्मात्TasmaatFrom that, Therefore · From that · ThereforeकृतKrtaMade, Done, PerformedहाHaaSignifying killingबहुBahuMany, Abundant - verse 189ऊ॒रू तद॑स्य॒ य-द्वैश्यः॑ । प॒द्भ्याग्ं शू॒द्रो अ॑जायत । च॒न्द्रमा॒ मन॑सो जा॒तः । चक्षो॒-स्सूर्यो॑ अजायत । मुखा॒-दिन्द्र॑श्चा॒ग्निश्च॑ ।प्रा॒णा-द्वा॒युर॑जायत । नाभ्या॑ आसीद॒न्तरि॑क्षम् । शी॒र्ष्णो द्यौ-स्सम॑वर्तत । प॒द्भ्या-म्भूमि॒ र्दिश॒-श्श्रोत्रा᳚त् । तथा॑ लो॒काग्ं अ॑कल्पयन्न् ॥ 6ū̠rū tada̍sya̠ ya-dvaiśya̍ḥ । pa̠dbhyāgṃ śū̠drō a̍jāyata । cha̠ndramā̠ mana̍sō jā̠taḥ । chakṣō̠-ssūryō̍ ajāyata । mukhā̠-dindra̍śchā̠gniścha̍ ।prā̠ṇā-dvā̠yura̍jāyata । nābhyā̍ āsīda̠ntari̍kṣam । śī̠rṣṇō dyau-ssama̍vartata । pa̠dbhyā-mbhūmi̠ rdiśa̠-śśrōtrā̎t । tathā̍ lō̠kāgṃ a̍kalpayann ॥ 6meaning
The Brahmin was his mouth; from his two arms the Kṣatriya was made; the Vaiśya from his thighs; the Śūdra from his feet; the moon from his mind; the sun from his eye; Indra and Agni from his mouth; Vāyu from his breath.
word by wordअजायतAjaayataProduced, Came into beingचन्द्रमाCandramaaChandrama, MoonजातJaataBorn ofतथाTathaaSo Also, in like mannerऊरुUuruThighतदाTadaaThenजातःJaatah[Will not gain] take Birth - verse 190वेदा॒हमे॒त-म्पुरु॑ष-म्म॒हान्त᳚म् । आ॒दि॒त्यव॑र्ण॒-न्तम॑स॒स्तु पा॒रे ।सर्वा॑णि रू॒पाणि॑ वि॒चित्य॒ धीरः॑ । नामा॑नि कृ॒त्वाभि॒वद॒न् यदास्ते᳚ । धा॒ता पु॒रस्ता॒-द्यमु॑दाज॒हार॑ । श॒क्रः प्रवि॒द्वा-न्प्र॒दिश॒श्चत॑स्रः । तमे॒वं-विँ॒द्वान॒मृत॑ इ॒ह भ॑वति । नान्यः पन्था॒ अय॑नाय विद्यते ।य॒ज्ञेन॑ य॒ज्ञम॑यजन्त दे॒वाः । तानि॒ धर्मा॑णि प्रथ॒मान्या॑सन्न् । ते ह॒ नाक॑-म्महि॒मान॑-स्सचन्ते । यत्र॒ पूर्वे॑ सा॒द्ध्या-स्सन्ति॑ दे॒वाः ॥ 7vēdā̠hamē̠ta-mpuru̍ṣa-mma̠hānta̎m । ā̠di̠tyava̍rṇa̠-ntama̍sa̠stu pā̠rē ।sarvā̍ṇi rū̠pāṇi̍ vi̠chitya̠ dhīra̍ḥ । nāmā̍ni kṛ̠tvābhi̠vada̠n yadāstē̎ । dhā̠tā pu̠rastā̠-dyamu̍dāja̠hāra̍ । śa̠kraḥ pravi̠dvā-npra̠diśa̠śchata̍sraḥ । tamē̠vaṃ vi̠dvāna̠mṛta̍ i̠ha bha̍vati । nānyaḥ panthā̠ aya̍nāya vidyatē ।ya̠jñēna̍ ya̠jñama̍yajanta dē̠vāḥ । tāni̠ dharmā̍ṇi pratha̠mānyā̍sann । tē ha̠ nāka̍-mmahi̠māna̍-ssachantē । yatra̠ pūrvē̍ sā̠ddhyā-ssanti̍ dē̠vāḥ ॥ 7meaning
I know that great Person, sun-colored, beyond the darkness — only by knowing him does one pass beyond death; there is no other path; the wise one, shaping all forms and calling them by name, abides.
word by wordसर्वाणिSarvaanniAllरूपाणिRuupaanni(Protect us with those Gentle) Forms (of Yours which move about in the Three Worlds)धीरDhiiraSteady, ImmovableनामानिNaamaaniNames · [These] Names [were indeed uttered by the great-souled Brahma]धाताDhaataaThe Sustainer [of Knowledge in Memory]शक्रShakraShakra, Indra DevaइहIhaIn this place, Now, HereभवतिBhavatiBe, Exist · Becomes · Is · Is, Exists · (Under Your Refuge, one's Life indeed cannot go Astray and) become (afflicted with Fear) · Being, Becoming · Comes into beingविद्यतेVidyate[There are no Mantras or Medicine] available, [even a trace which can accomplish Uccatana etc.] · Available · ExistदेवाDevaaDeva, God · DevaतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeहHaFor emphasis · Killing, Destroying, Removingयत्रYatraHere · Wherein · Where [the whole Universe finally merges]पूर्वेPuurveIn the East (the Five Forests which are said to be there, are of very Secretive Nature)परेPareLater, Farther, In Future, AfterwardsतमेवTam-EvaYou AloneअयनAyanaGoing, Walking a road or pathदेवाःDevaahGods · Devas, Gods · DevasहाHaaSignifying killing - verse 191ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ पुरुषसूक्तग्ं शिरसे स्वाहा ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ puruṣasūktagṃ śirasē svāhā ॥meaning
Om — homage to the blessed Rudra. May the Puruṣa Sūkta be placed on the head.
word by wordस्वाहाSvaahaaWho is the final receiver of the Sacrificial Oblations to Gods · Sacrificial Oblation to Gods · Swaha, mantra uttered in the sacrifice for the gods · Swaha, Sacrificial oblations to the godsभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraशिरसाShirasaa[Who is to be Saluted] by bowing the Head · By [bowing the] Head · On the Head · [I reverentially bow down] my Head [to Shambhu] · Foremost · [Bowing my] Head - verse 1927.3 उत्तर नारायणं(तै. अर. 3.13.1 - तै. अर. 3.13.2)7.3 uttara nārāyaṇaṃ(tai. ara. 3.13.1 - tai. ara. 3.13.2)meaning
Section 7.3: Uttara Nārāyaṇa.
word by wordउत्तरUttaraNorthनारायणNaaraayannaSri Vishnu identified as Purusha, the Original ManतैTaiYour - verse 193अ॒द्भ्य-स्सम्भू॑तः पृथि॒व्यै रसा᳚च्च । वि॒श्वक॑र्मण॒-स्सम॑वर्त॒ताधि॑ ।तस्य॒ त्वष्टा॑ वि॒दध॑-द्रू॒पमे॑ति । तत्पुरु॑षस्य॒ विश्व॒माजा॑न॒मग्रे᳚ ।वेदा॒हमे॒त-म्पुरु॑ष-म्म॒हान्त᳚म् । आ॒दि॒त्यव॑र्ण॒-न्तम॑सः॒ पर॑स्तात् ।तमे॒वं-विँ॒द्वान॒मृत॑ इ॒ह भ॑वति । नान्यः पन्था॑ विद्य॒ते-ऽय॑नाय । प्र॒जाप॑तिश्चरति॒ गर्भे॑ अ॒न्तः । अ॒जाय॑मानो बहु॒धा विजा॑यते ।तस्य॒ धीराः॒ परि॑जानन्ति॒ योनि᳚म् । मरी॑चीना-म्प॒दमि॑च्छन्ति वे॒धसः॑ ॥ 1a̠dbhya-ssambhū̍taḥ pṛthi̠vyai rasā̎chcha । vi̠śvaka̍rmaṇa̠-ssama̍varta̠tādhi̍ ।tasya̠ tvaṣṭā̍ vi̠dadha̍-drū̠pamē̍ti । tatpuru̍ṣasya̠ viśva̠mājā̍na̠magrē̎ ।vēdā̠hamē̠ta-mpuru̍ṣa-mma̠hānta̎m । ā̠di̠tyava̍rṇa̠-ntama̍sa̠ḥ para̍stāt ।tamē̠vaṃ vi̠dvāna̠mṛta̍ i̠ha bha̍vati । nānyaḥ panthā̍ vidya̠tē-'ya̍nāya । pra̠jāpa̍tiścharati̠ garbhē̍ a̠ntaḥ । a̠jāya̍mānō bahu̠dhā vijā̍yatē ।tasya̠ dhīrā̠ḥ pari̍jānanti̠ yōni̎m । marī̍chīnā-mpa̠dami̍chChanti vē̠dhasa̍ḥ ॥ 1meaning
He arose from the waters, born of the essence of the earth, through the work of Viśvakarman; Tvaṣṭṛ fashioned his form — this is the origin of all persons.
word by wordतस्यTasyaTo him · of him · That, Which · of that · of hisइहIhaIn this place, Now, HereभवतिBhavatiBe, Exist · Becomes · Is · Is, Exists · (Under Your Refuge, one's Life indeed cannot go Astray and) become (afflicted with Fear) · Being, Becoming · Comes into beingप्रजापतिश्चरतिPrajaapatish-Carati[He has entered within the Creation as] Prajapati and wandering and playing [within its Womb]गर्भेGarbhe[He is wandering and playing within] its Wombअन्तःAntahWithinपृथिवीPrthiviiEarth, WorldतमेवTam-EvaYou AloneविजयतेVijayatein CelebrationधीरDhiiraSteady, Immovable - verse 194यो दे॒वेभ्य॒ आत॑पति । यो दे॒वाना᳚-म्पु॒रोहि॑तः ।पूर्वो॒ यो दे॒वेभ्यो॑ जा॒तः । नमो॑ रु॒चाय॒ ब्राह्म॑ये । रुच॑-म्ब्रा॒ह्म-ञ्ज॒नय॑न्तः । दे॒वा अग्रे॒ तद॑ब्रुवन्न् । यस्त्वै॒व-म्ब्रा᳚ह्म॒णो वि॒द्यात् । तस्य॑ दे॒वा अस॒न् वशे᳚ । ह्रीश्च॑ ते ल॒क्ष्मीश्च॒ पत्न्यौ᳚ । अ॒हो॒रा॒त्रे पा॒र्श्वे । नक्ष॑त्राणि रू॒पम् । अ॒श्विनौ॒ व्यात्त᳚म् । इ॒ष्ट-म्म॑निषाण ।अ॒मु-म्म॑निषाण । सर्व॑-म्मनिषाण ॥ 2yō dē̠vēbhya̠ āta̍pati । yō dē̠vānā̎-mpu̠rōhi̍taḥ ।pūrvō̠ yō dē̠vēbhyō̍ jā̠taḥ । namō̍ ru̠chāya̠ brāhma̍yē । rucha̍-mbrā̠hma-ñja̠naya̍ntaḥ । dē̠vā agrē̠ tada̍bruvann । yastvai̠va-mbrā̎hma̠ṇō vi̠dyāt । tasya̍ dē̠vā asa̠n vaśē̎ । hrīścha̍ tē la̠kṣmīścha̠ patnyau̎ । a̠hō̠rā̠trē pā̠rśvē । nakṣa̍trāṇi rū̠pam । a̠śvinau̠ vyātta̎m । i̠ṣṭa-mma̍niṣāṇa ।a̠mu-mma̍niṣāṇa । sarva̍-mmaniṣāṇa ॥ 2meaning
He who shines over the gods, the cosmic priest of the gods, born before the gods — homage to the luminous Brahman; the gods, kindling the light, proclaimed him: 'This is the immortal Brahman.'
word by wordयोYoHe who [after unpinning the Keelaka makes Her manifest and then recites the Chandi by constantly dwelling on Her Conscious Form] · He Who · He · Which · WhoजातJaataBorn ofनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]देवाDevaaDeva, God · Devaतस्यTasyaTo him · of him · That, Which · of that · of hisतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeजातःJaatah[Will not gain] take BirthदेवDevaDivineविद्याVidyaaKnowledgeअहोरात्रAhoraatraDay and NightरूपंRuupamOutward Appearance, Form · Handsome Form, Loveliness, Grace, Beauty · Form - verse 195ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ उत्तर नारायणग्ं शिखायै वषट् ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ uttara nārāyaṇagṃ śikhāyai vaṣaṭ ॥meaning
Om — homage to the blessed Rudra. May the Uttara Nārāyaṇa be placed in the tuft.
word by wordउत्तरUttaraNorthभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudraवसVasaDwelling, Residence - verse 1967.4 अप्रतिरथं(तै. सं. 4.6.4.1 - तै. सं. 4.6.4.5)7.4 apratirathaṃ(tai. saṃ. 4.6.4.1 - tai. saṃ. 4.6.4.5)meaning
Section 7.4: The Apratiratha hymn.
word by wordतैTaiYourसःSahHeसम्SamTogether with - verse 197आ॒शु-श्शिशा॑नो वृष॒भो न यु॒ध्मो घ॑नाघ॒नः, क्षोभ॑ण-श्चर्षणी॒नाम् ।स॒॒ङ्क्रन्द॑नो-ऽनिमि॒ष ए॑क वी॒रश्श॒तग्ं सेना॑ अजयथ्सा॒-कमिन्द्रः॑ ।स॒ङ्क्रन्द॑नेना निमि॒षेण॑ जि॒ष्णुना॑ युत्का॒रेण॑ दुश्च्यव॒नेन॑ धृ॒ष्णुना᳚ ।तदिन्द्रे॑ण जयत॒ तथ्स॑हध्वं॒-युँधो॑ नर॒ इषु॑ हस्तेन॒ वृष्णा᳚ ।स इषु॑हस्तै॒-स्स नि॑ष॒ङ्गिभि॑ र्व॒शी सग्ग्स्र॑ष्टा॒ सयुध॒ इन्द्रो॑ ग॒णेन॑ ।स॒ग्ं॒सृ॒ष्ट॒-जिथ्सो॑म॒पा बा॑हु श॒र्ध्यू᳚र्ध्व-ध॑न्वा॒ प्रति॑हिता-भि॒रस्ता᳚ ।बृह॑स्पते॒ परि॑दीया॒ रथे॑न रक्षो॒हा-ऽमित्राग्ं॑ अप॒ बाध॑मानः । 1ā̠śu-śśiśā̍nō vṛṣa̠bhō na yu̠dhmō gha̍nāgha̠naḥ, kṣōbha̍ṇa-ścharṣaṇī̠nām ।sa̠̠ṅkranda̍nō-'nimi̠ṣa ē̍ka vī̠raśśa̠tagṃ sēnā̍ ajayathsā̠-kamindra̍ḥ ।sa̠ṅkranda̍nēnā nimi̠ṣēṇa̍ ji̠ṣṇunā̍ yutkā̠rēṇa̍ duśchyava̠nēna̍ dhṛ̠ṣṇunā̎ ।tadindrē̍ṇa jayata̠ tathsa̍hadhva̠ṃ yudhō̍ nara̠ iṣu̍ hastēna̠ vṛṣṇā̎ ।sa iṣu̍hastai̠-ssa ni̍ṣa̠ṅgibhi̍ rva̠śī saggsra̍ṣṭā̠ sayudha̠ indrō̍ ga̠ṇēna̍ ।sa̠gṃ̠sṛ̠ṣṭa̠-jithsō̍ma̠pā bā̍hu śa̠rdhyū̎rdhva-dha̍nvā̠ prati̍hitā-bhi̠rastā̎ ।bṛha̍spatē̠ pari̍dīyā̠ rathē̍na rakṣō̠hā-'mitrāgṃ̍ apa̠ bādha̍mānaḥ । 1meaning
Swift as a blade, like a battle-bull, crushing the crushers, shaker of men — the one hero Indra, the hundred-fold, conquered a hundred armies by himself.
word by wordनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurएकEkaOneनरNaraManइषुIssuArrowसःSahHeइन्द्रोIndroLord Indra · IndraबाहुBaahuArmअपःApahWaterनNaNot · Us, Our · [There are] no [Mantras or Medicine available, even a trace which can accomplish Uccatana etc.] · Us, of us, to us · The letter Nna · Not, Us · Not, No, Nor, Neitherहस्तHastaHandसाSaaSheसायुधSaayudhaFurnished with Arms, ArmedगणGannaa Flock, Troop, Multitude, body of Followers or AttendantsबहुBahuMany, AbundantरथRathaChariot - verse 198प्र॒भ॒ञ्ज-न्थ्सेनाः᳚ प्रमृ॒णो यु॒धा जय॑न्न॒स्माक॑-मेद्ध्यवि॒ता रथा॑नाम् ।गो॒त्र॒भिद॑-ङ्गो॒विदं॒-वँज्र॑बाहु॒-ञ्जय॑न्त॒मज्म॑ प्रमृ॒णन्त॒-मोज॑सा ।इ॒मग्ं स॑जाता॒ अनु॑वीर-यध्व॒मिन्द्रग्ं॑ सखा॒यो-ऽनु॒ सर॑भध्वम् ।ब॒ल॒वि॒ज्ञा॒य-स्स्थवि॑रः॒ प्रवी॑र॒-स्सह॑स्वान् वा॒जी सह॑मान उ॒ग्रः ।अ॒भिवी॑रो अ॒भिस॑त्वा सहो॒जा जैत्र॑मिन्द्र॒ रथ॒माति॑ष्ठ गो॒वित् । 2pra̠bha̠ñja-nthsēnā̎ḥ pramṛ̠ṇō yu̠dhā jaya̍nna̠smāka̍-mēddhyavi̠tā rathā̍nām ।gō̠tra̠bhida̍-ṅgō̠vida̠ṃ vajra̍bāhu̠-ñjaya̍nta̠majma̍ pramṛ̠ṇanta̠-mōja̍sā ।i̠magṃ sa̍jātā̠ anu̍vīra-yadhva̠mindragṃ̍ sakhā̠yō-'nu̠ sara̍bhadhvam ।ba̠la̠vi̠jñā̠ya-ssthavi̍ra̠ḥ pravī̍ra̠-ssaha̍svān vā̠jī saha̍māna u̠graḥ ।a̠bhivī̍rō a̠bhisa̍tvā sahō̠jā jaitra̍mindra̠ ratha̠māti̍ṣṭha gō̠vit । 2meaning
Breaking the armies, destroying in battle, victorious — be our protector of chariots, O cave-splitter, thunderbolt-armed one, destroying with might.
word by wordसहमानSahamaanaConquering, Victoriousउग्रंUgram(To that form of Lord Maha-Vishnu which is) Ugra {Ferocious}युद्धYuddhaBattle, Fight, Warउग्रUgraPowerful - verse 199अ॒भि गो॒त्राणि॒ सह॑सा॒ गाह॑मानो-ऽदा॒यो वी॒र श्श॒त-म॑न्यु॒रिन्द्रः॑ ।दु॒श्च्य॒व॒नः पृ॑तना॒षाड॑ यु॒द्ध्यो᳚-ऽस्माक॒ग्ं॒ सेना॑ अवतु॒ प्रयु॒थ्सु ।इन्द्र॑ आसा-न्ने॒ता बृह॒स्पति॒ र्दक्षि॑णा य॒ज्ञः पु॒र ए॑तु॒ सोमः॑ ।दे॒व॒से॒नाना॑-मभिभ-ञ्जती॒ना-ञ्जय॑न्तीना-म्म॒रुतो॑ य॒न्त्वग्रे᳚ ।इन्द्र॑स्य॒ वृष्णो॒ वरु॑णस्य॒ राज्ञ॑ आदि॒त्याना᳚-म्म॒रुता॒ग्ं॒ शर्ध॑ उ॒ग्रम् ।a̠bhi gō̠trāṇi̠ saha̍sā̠ gāha̍mānō-'dā̠yō vī̠ra śśa̠ta-ma̍nyu̠rindra̍ḥ ।du̠śchya̠va̠naḥ pṛ̍tanā̠ṣāḍa̍ yu̠ddhyō̎-'smāka̠gṃ̠ sēnā̍ avatu̠ prayu̠thsu ।indra̍ āsā-nnē̠tā bṛha̠spati̠ rdakṣi̍ṇā ya̠jñaḥ pu̠ra ē̍tu̠ sōma̍ḥ ।dē̠va̠sē̠nānā̍-mabhibha-ñjatī̠nā-ñjaya̍ntīnā-mma̠rutō̍ ya̠ntvagrē̎ ।indra̍sya̠ vṛṣṇō̠ varu̍ṇasya̠ rājña̍ ādi̠tyānā̎-mma̠rutā̠gṃ̠ śardha̍ u̠gram ।meaning
Surging with power into the cattle-folds, the never-fleeing battle-meeting Indra of hundred angers — may the firm, unswervable commander protect our armies in battle.
word by wordअभिAbhiTowardsसहसाSahasaa(It is very surprising how looking at that Face it was) suddenly (struck by Mahishasura) · SuddenlyवीरViiraBrave or EminentअवतुAvatuMay we Moveइन्द्रIndraChief, Kingबृहस्पतिBrhaspatiBrihaspati, Guru of the Devasयज्ञYajnyaSacrificeपुरPuraa Fortress, Castle, City, House, TripurasuraसोमSomaMoonसहासSahaasaSmilingवारुणVaarunnaVarunaउग्रंUgram(To that form of Lord Maha-Vishnu which is) Ugra {Ferocious} - verse 200म॒हाम॑नसा-म्भुवनच्य॒वाना॒-ङ्घोषो॑ दे॒वाना॒-ञ्जय॑ता॒ मुद॑स्थात् ।अ॒स्माक॒-मिन्द्रः॒-समृ॑तेषु-ध्व॒जे-ष्व॒स्माकं॒-याँ इष॑व॒स्ता ज॑यन्तु । 3ma̠hāma̍nasā-mbhuvanachya̠vānā̠-ṅghōṣō̍ dē̠vānā̠-ñjaya̍tā̠ muda̍sthāt ।a̠smāka̠-mindra̠ḥ-samṛ̍tēṣu-dhva̠jē-ṣva̠smāka̠ṃ yā iṣa̍va̠stā ja̍yantu । 3meaning
From the great-minded one who shook the worlds arose a divine roar of victory — may Indra and the gods bring victory to us; may our arrows conquer.
word by wordयाYaaTo go towards - verse 201अ॒स्माकं॑-वीँ॒रा उत्त॑रे भवन्त्व॒स्मानु॑ देवा अवता॒ हवे॑षु । उद्ध॑र्षय मघव॒न्ना-यु॑धा॒-न्युथ्सत्व॑ना-म्माम॒काना॒-म्महाग्ं॑सि ।उद्वृ॑त्रहन् वा॒जिनां॒-वाँजि॑ना॒-न्युद्रथा॑ना॒-ञ्जय॑तामेतु॒ घोषः॑ ।उप॒प्रेत॒ जय॑ता नर-स्स्थि॒रा वः॑ सन्तु बा॒हवः॑ । इन्द्रो॑ व॒-श्शर्म॑ यच्छत्वना-धृ॒ष्या यथा-ऽस॑थ । अव॑सृष्टा॒ परा॑पत॒ शर॑व्ये॒ ब्रह्म॑ सग्ंशिता । गच्छा॒मित्रा॒-न्प्रवि॑श॒ मैषा॒-ङ्कञ्च॒नोच्छि॑षः ।मर्मा॑णि ते॒ वर्म॑भिश्छा-दयामि॒ सोम॑स्त्वा॒ राजा॒-ऽमृते॑ना॒-भिव॑स्ताम् । उ॒रो र्वरी॑यो॒ वरि॑वस्ते अस्तु॒ जय॑न्त॒-न्त्वामनु॑ मदन्तु दे॒वाः । यत्र॑ बा॒णा-स्स॒म्पत॑न्ति कुमा॒रा वि॑शि॒खा इ॑व ।इन्द्रो॑ न॒स्तत्र॑ वृत्र॒हा वि॑श्वा॒हा शर्म॑ यच्छतु ॥ 4 ॥a̠smāka̍ṃ vī̠rā utta̍rē bhavantva̠smānu̍ dēvā avatā̠ havē̍ṣu । uddha̍rṣaya maghava̠nnā-yu̍dhā̠-nyuthsatva̍nā-mmāma̠kānā̠-mmahāgṃ̍si ।udvṛ̍trahan vā̠jinā̠ṃ vāji̍nā̠-nyudrathā̍nā̠-ñjaya̍tāmētu̠ ghōṣa̍ḥ ।upa̠prēta̠ jaya̍tā nara-ssthi̠rā va̍-ssantu bā̠hava̍ḥ । indrō̍ va̠-śśarma̍ yachChatvanā-dhṛ̠ṣyā yathā-'sa̍tha । ava̍sṛṣṭā̠ parā̍pata̠ śara̍vyē̠ brahma̍ sagṃśitā । gachChā̠mitrā̠-npravi̍śa̠ maiṣā̠-ṅkañcha̠nōchChi̍ṣaḥ ।marmā̍ṇi tē̠ varma̍bhiśChā-dayāmi̠ sōma̍stvā̠ rājā̠-'mṛtē̍nā̠-bhiva̍stām । u̠rō rvarī̍yō̠ vari̍vastē astu̠ jaya̍nta̠-ntvāmanu̍ madantu dē̠vāḥ । yatra̍ bā̠ṇā-ssa̠mpata̍nti kumā̠rā vi̍śi̠khā i̍va ।indrō̍ na̠statra̍ vṛtra̠hā vi̍śvā̠hā śarma̍ yachChatu ॥ 4 ॥meaning
May our heroes be superior; may the gods protect us in battle; rouse our weapons, O Maghavan — great are our warriors; O obstacle-destroyer, repel the hostile forces.
word by wordदेवाDevaaDeva, God · DevaघोषGhossaany Cry or Soundसन्तुSantuMay All be [Free from Illness] · May all beइन्द्रोIndroLord Indra · Indraब्रह्मBrahmaLord BrahmaतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · Heअस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it soयत्रYatraHere · Wherein · Where [the whole Universe finally merges]इवIvaLikeअस्माकम्AsmaakamOurवीरViiraBrave or Eminentउत्तरUttaraNorthदेवDevaDivineबहवःBahavahManyअवसृष्टAvasrssttaLet loose, Fallen down from or uponब्रह्माBrahmaaLord Brahma · Brahma · (Whose Incomparable Power of Greatness even Bhagavan Ananta), Brahma and (Hara is not able to describe) · [You are] Brahma · Sri Brahma · [I remember] BrahmaदेवाःDevaahGods · Devas, Gods · DevasकुमारKumaaraChild, Boy - verse 202ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ आशुश्शिशानो-ऽप्रतिरथ-ङ्कवचाय हुम् ।ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ āśuśśiśānō-'pratiratha-ṅkavachāya hum ।meaning
Om — homage to the blessed Rudra. May the Apratiratha be placed in the armor.
word by wordभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudra - verse 2037.5 प्रति पूरुषं(तै. सं. 1.8.6.1 - तै. सं. 1.8.6.2)(तै. ब्रा. 1.6.10.1 - तै. ब्रा. 1.6.10.5)7.5 prati pūruṣaṃ(tai. saṃ. 1.8.6.1 - tai. saṃ. 1.8.6.2)(tai. brā. 1.6.10.1 - tai. brā. 1.6.10.5)meaning
Section 7.5: For Each Person.
word by wordप्रतिPratiEveryपूरुषPuurussaPurusha, LordतैTaiYourसःSahHeपुरुषंPurussam[I reverentially bow down to Shambhu] Who is the Primeval Being · Who is the Primeval Original Source of the Universeसम्SamTogether with - verse 204प्र॒ति॒पू॒रु॒ष मेक॑कपाला॒-न्निर्व॑प॒त्ये-क॒मति॑रिक्तं॒-याँव॑न्तो गृ॒ह्या᳚-स्स्मस्तेभ्यः॒ कम॑कर-म्पशू॒नाग्ं शर्मा॑सि॒ शर्म॒ यज॑मानस्य॒ शर्म॑ मेय॒च्छैक॑ ए॒व रु॒द्रो न द्वि॒तीया॑य तस्थ आ॒खुस्ते॑ रुद्र प॒शुस्त-ञ्जु॑षस्वै॒ष ते॑ रुद्र भा॒ग-स्स॒ह स्वस्रां-ऽबि॑कया॒ तञ्जु॑षस्व भेष॒ज-ङ्गवे-ऽश्वा॑य॒पुरु॑षाय भेष॒जमथो॑ अ॒स्मभ्य॑-म्भेष॒जग्ं सुभे॑षजं॒-यँथा-ऽस॑ति । 1pra̠ti̠pū̠ru̠ṣa mēka̍kapālā̠-nnirva̍pa̠tyē-ka̠mati̍rikta̠ṃ yāva̍ntō gṛ̠hyā̎-ssmastēbhya̠ḥ kama̍kara-mpaśū̠nāgṃ śarmā̍si̠ śarma̠ yaja̍mānasya̠ śarma̍ mēya̠chChaika̍ ē̠va ru̠drō na dvi̠tīyā̍ya tastha ā̠khustē̍ rudra pa̠śusta-ñju̍ṣasvai̠ṣa tē̍ rudra bhā̠ga-ssa̠ha svasrāṃ-'bi̍kayā̠ tañju̍ṣasva bhēṣa̠ja-ṅgavē-'śvā̍ya̠puru̍ṣāya bhēṣa̠jamathō̍ a̠smabhya̍-mbhēṣa̠jagṃ subhē̍ṣaja̠ṃ yathā-'sa̍ti । 1meaning
For each person he pours a cup and one additional, as many as there are householders — may this be the shelter of the cattle, shelter for the sacrificer, shelter for me as well.
word by wordमेMeTo me, of me · To me · Relates to Me · My · Please bestow Your Auspicious Blessings [on me] · (Please Make) my (undertakings Free of Obstacles) · Mine · of me, to meएवंEvamThus · Thus, In this way · In this way · Indeed · In this mannerनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, Ourरुद्रःRudrahSri ShivaतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeएवEvaExactly so, in this Manner, Indeed, TrulyनNaNot · Us, Our · [There are] no [Mantras or Medicine available, even a trace which can accomplish Uccatana etc.] · Us, of us, to us · The letter Nna · Not, Us · Not, No, Nor, Neitherद्वितीयDvitiiyaSecondरुद्रRudraRudraपुरुषPurussaPurusha - verse 205सु॒ग-म्मे॒षाय॑ मे॒ष्या॑ अवा᳚बं रु॒द्रम॑दि-म॒ह्यव॑ दे॒व-न्त्र्य॑बङ्कम् ।यथा॑ न॒-श्श्रेय॑सः॒ कर॒द्यथा॑ नो॒ वस्य॑ सः॒ कर॒द्यथा॑ नः पशु॒मतः॒कर॒द्यथा॑ नो व्यवसा॒यया᳚त् । त्र्य॑बङ्कं-यँजामहे सुग॒न्धि-म्पु॑ष्टि॒वर्ध॑नम् ।उ॒र्वा॒रु॒कमि॑व॒ बन्ध॑ना-न्मृ॒त्यो र्मु॑क्षीय॒ मा-ऽमृता᳚त् । ए॒षते॑ रुद्र भा॒ग स्तञ्जु॑षस्व॒ तेना॑व॒सेन॑ प॒रो मूज॑व॒तो-ऽती॒ह्यव॑ततधन्वा॒ पिना॑कहस्तः॒ कृत्ति॑वासाः ॥ 2su̠ga-mmē̠ṣāya̍ mē̠ṣyā̍ avā̎baṃ ru̠drama̍di-ma̠hyava̍ dē̠va-ntrya̍baṅkam ।yathā̍ na̠-śśrēya̍sa̠ḥ kara̠dyathā̍ nō̠ vasya̍ sa̠ḥ kara̠dyathā̍ naḥ paśu̠mata̠ḥkara̠dyathā̍ nō vyavasā̠yayā̎t । trya̍baṅkaṃ yajāmahē suga̠ndhi-mpu̍ṣṭi̠vardha̍nam ।u̠rvā̠ru̠kami̍va̠ bandha̍nā-nmṛ̠tyō rmu̍kṣīya̠ mā-'mṛtā̎t । ē̠ṣatē̍ rudra bhā̠ga stañju̍ṣasva̠ tēnā̍va̠sēna̍ pa̠rō mūja̍va̠tō-'tī̠hyava̍tatadhanvā̠ pinā̍kahasta̠ḥ kṛtti̍vāsāḥ ॥ 2meaning
A good-natured ram and ewe — I propitiate this fierce three-eyed Rudra; may he bring us to the better and the richer, may he protect our cattle.
word by wordयथाYathaaAsनोNoNot · Us · Us, Our · Us, of us, to us · Towards UsसःSahHeनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, Ourउर्वारुकमिवUrvaarukam-Iva[From these Bondages of Samsara] similar to Cucumbers [tied to their Creepers]रुद्रःRudrahSri ShivaभागBhaagaPartपरोParo[By Whose Mercy Enemies are eradicated and one finally attains the] highest [Moksha, Why should'nt She be Praised by the People?] · Supremeवास्यVaasyaTo be covered or enveloped, to be caused to dwell or settle downयजामहेYajamaheWe Worship [the Three-Eyed One] · We Worshipमामृतात्Maa-Amrtaat[So that I am] not [separated] from the perception of Immortality [Immortal Essence pervading everywhere]रुद्रRudraRudra - verse 206प्र॒ति॒पू॒रु॒ष-मेक॑कपाला॒-न्निर्व॑पति । जा॒ता ए॒व प्र॒जा रु॒द्रा-न्नि॒रव॑दयते । एक॒मति॑रिक्तम् । ज॒नि॒ष्यमा॑णा ए॒व प्र॒जा रु॒द्रा-न्नि॒रव॑दयते । एक॑कपाला भवन्ति । ए॒क॒धैव रु॒द्र-न्नि॒रव॑दयते । नाभिघा॑रयति । यद॑भिघा॒रये᳚त् । अ॒न्त॒र॒व॒-चा॒रिणग्ं॑ रु॒द्र-ङ्कु॑र्यात् ।ए॒को॒ल्मु॒केन॑ यन्ति । 3pra̠ti̠pū̠ru̠ṣa-mēka̍kapālā̠-nnirva̍pati । jā̠tā ē̠va pra̠jā ru̠drā-nni̠rava̍dayatē । ēka̠mati̍riktam । ja̠ni̠ṣyamā̍ṇā ē̠va pra̠jā ru̠drā-nni̠rava̍dayatē । ēka̍kapālā bhavanti । ē̠ka̠dhaiva ru̠dra-nni̠rava̍dayatē । nābhighā̍rayati । yada̍bhighā̠rayē̎t । a̠nta̠ra̠va̠-chā̠riṇagṃ̍ ru̠dra-ṅku̍ryāt ।ē̠kō̠lmu̠kēna̍ yanti । 3meaning
He pours a cup for each person — the born creatures are thereby released from Rudra; one additional — the yet-to-be-born are thereby released from Rudra as well.
word by wordएवंEvamThus · Thus, In this way · In this way · Indeed · In this mannerप्रजाPrajaaPeople, Subjects, Offspring, Familyभवन्तिBhavantiBecomeजटाJattaaTwisted Hair as worn by ascetics, Matted HairएवEvaExactly so, in this Manner, Indeed, Trulyयान्तिYaantiUndergo - verse 207तद्धि रु॒द्रस्य॑ भाग॒धेय᳚म् । इ॒मा-न्दिशं॑-यँन्ति । ए॒षा वै रु॒द्रस्य॒ दिक् । स्वाया॑ मे॒व दि॒शि रु॒द्र-न्नि॒रव॑दयते । रु॒द्रो वा अ॑प॒शुका॑या॒ आहु॑त्यै॒ नाति॑ष्ठत । अ॒सौ ते॑ प॒शुरिति॒ निर्दि॑शे॒द्य-न्द्वि॒ष्यात् । यमे॒व द्वेष्टि॑ ।तम॑स्मै प॒शु-न्निर्दि॑शति । यदि॒ न द्वि॒ष्यात् ।आ॒खुस्ते॑ प॒शुरिति॑ ब्रूयात् । 4taddhi ru̠drasya̍ bhāga̠dhēya̎m । i̠mā-ndiśa̍ṃ yanti । ē̠ṣā vai ru̠drasya̠ dik । svāyā̍ mē̠va di̠śi ru̠dra-nni̠rava̍dayatē । ru̠drō vā a̍pa̠śukā̍yā̠ āhu̍tyai̠ nāti̍ṣṭhata । a̠sau tē̍ pa̠śuriti̠ nirdi̍śē̠dya-ndvi̠ṣyāt । yamē̠va dvēṣṭi̍ ।tama̍smai pa̠śu-nnirdi̍śati । yadi̠ na dvi̠ṣyāt ।ā̠khustē̍ pa̠śuriti̍ brūyāt । 4meaning
That is Rudra's share in the sacrifice; this is indeed Rudra's own direction; one thereby releases Rudra in his own direction; Rudra brings welfare to all.
word by wordएषाEssaaSheवैVaiA particle of affirmation or emphasis · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly, Certainly · Or · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly · A particle of emphasis and affirmation usually means indeed, truly, certainly · A particle of emphasis · Indeed, Truly, Verily; · Indeed, For emphasis · A particle for emphasis and affirmation · For emphasis, Truly, CertainlyदिशिDishi[In the Eastern] DirectionवाVaaOr · Just · Nevertheless · As, Like · Or, IndeedतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeयदिYadiIfनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, Ourरुद्रRudraRudraयान्तिYaantiUndergoएषEssaHe · ThisआहुतिAahutiOffering Oblations with Fire, Calling, InvokingनNaNot · Us, Our · [There are] no [Mantras or Medicine available, even a trace which can accomplish Uccatana etc.] · Us, of us, to us · The letter Nna · Not, Us · Not, No, Nor, Neither - verse 208न ग्रा॒म्या-न्प॒शून् हि॒नस्ति॑ । नार॒ण्यान् । च॒तु॒ष्प॒थे जु॑होति । ए॒ष वा अ॑ग्नी॒ना-म्पड्बी॑शो॒ नाम॑ । अ॒ग्नि॒वत्ये॒व जु॑होति ।म॒द्ध्य॒मेन॑ प॒र्णेन॑ जुहोति । स्रुग्घ्ये॑षा । अथो॒ खलु॑ । अ॒न्त॒मेनै॒व हो॑त॒व्य᳚म् । अ॒न्त॒त ए॒व रु॒द्र-न्नि॒रव॑दयते । 5na grā̠myā-npa̠śūn hi̠nasti̍ । nāra̠ṇyān । cha̠tu̠ṣpa̠thē ju̍hōti । ē̠ṣa vā a̍gnī̠nā-mpaḍbī̍śō̠ nāma̍ । a̠gni̠vatyē̠va ju̍hōti ।ma̠ddhya̠mēna̍ pa̠rṇēna̍ juhōti । srugghyē̍ṣā । athō̠ khalu̍ । a̠nta̠mēnai̠va hō̍ta̠vya̎m । a̠nta̠ta ē̠va ru̠dra-nni̠rava̍dayatē । 5meaning
He injures neither domestic nor wild animals; he pours at the crossroads — this fire is called 'foot-fetter of the fires'; he pours as if into a fire-bearing one.
word by wordनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurएषEssaHe · ThisवाVaaOr · Just · Nevertheless · As, Like · Or, IndeedनामNaamaNameखलुKhaluIndeed, Verily, CertainlyएवंEvamThus · Thus, In this way · In this way · Indeed · In this mannerनNaNot · Us, Our · [There are] no [Mantras or Medicine available, even a trace which can accomplish Uccatana etc.] · Us, of us, to us · The letter Nna · Not, Us · Not, No, Nor, NeitherएवEvaExactly so, in this Manner, Indeed, Truly - verse 209एष॒ ते॑ रुद्रभा॒ग-स्स॒हस्वस्रां-ऽबि॑क॒येत्या॑ह । श॒रद्वा अ॒स्याम्बि॑का॒ स्वसा᳚ ।तया॒ वा ए॒ष हि॑नस्ति । यग्ं हि॒नस्ति॑ । तयै॒वैनग्ं॑ स॒ह श॑मयति ।भे॒ष॒जङ्गव॒ इत्या॑ह । याव॑न्त ए॒व ग्रा॒म्याः प॒शवः॑ । तेभ्यो॑ भेष॒ज-ङ्क॑रोति । अवा᳚बं रु॒द्रम॑दि म॒हीत्या॑ह । आ॒शिष॑मे॒वै-तामा शा᳚स्ते । 6ēṣa̠ tē̍ rudrabhā̠ga-ssa̠hasvasrāṃ-'bi̍ka̠yētyā̍ha । śa̠radvā a̠syāmbi̍kā̠ svasā̎ ।tayā̠ vā ē̠ṣa hi̍nasti । yagṃ hi̠nasti̍ । tayai̠vainagṃ̍ sa̠ha śa̍mayati ।bhē̠ṣa̠jaṅgava̠ ityā̍ha । yāva̍nta ē̠va grā̠myāḥ pa̠śava̍ḥ । tēbhyō̍ bhēṣa̠ja-ṅka̍rōti । avā̎baṃ ru̠drama̍di ma̠hītyā̍ha । ā̠śiṣa̍mē̠vai-tāmā śā̎stē । 6meaning
This is your portion, O Rudra — autumn is his sister Ambikā; by her indeed he strikes; whomever he strikes, through her he also releases.
word by wordएषEssaHe · ThisतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeतयाTayaaBy Her · Signifying by, in terms ofवाVaaOr · Just · Nevertheless · As, Like · Or, IndeedसहSahain Company, JointlyएवंEvamThus · Thus, In this way · In this way · Indeed · In this mannerएवEvaExactly so, in this Manner, Indeed, Truly - verse 210त्र्य॑बङ्कं-यँजामह॒ इत्या॑ह । मृ॒त्यो र्मु॑क्षीय॒ मा-ऽमृता॒-दिति॒ वा वै तदा॑ह ।उत्कि॑रन्ति । भग॑स्य लीफ्सन्ते । मूते॑ कृ॒त्वा स॑जन्ति ।यथा॒ जनं॑-यँ॒ते॑-ऽव॒स-ङ्क॒रोति॑ । ता॒दृगे॒व तत् । ए॒ष ते॑ रुद्रभा॒ग इत्या॑ह नि॒रव॑त्यै । अप्र॑तीक्ष॒-माय॑न्ति । अ॒पः परि॑षिञ्चति । रु॒द्रस्या॒न्त र्हि॑त्यै । प्रवा ए॒ते᳚-ऽस्मा-ल्लो॒का-च्च्य॑वन्ते । ये त्र्य॑बङ्कै॒-श्चर॑न्ति । आ॒दि॒त्य-ञ्च॒रु-म्पुन॒रेत्य॒ निर्व॑पति । इ॒यं-वाँ अदि॑तिः । अ॒स्यामे॒व प्रति॑तिष्ठन्ति ॥ 7trya̍baṅkaṃ yajāmaha̠ ityā̍ha । mṛ̠tyō rmu̍kṣīya̠ mā-'mṛtā̠-diti̠ vā vai tadā̍ha ।utki̍ranti । bhaga̍sya līphsantē । mūtē̍ kṛ̠tvā sa̍janti ।yathā̠ jana̍ṃ ya̠tē̍-'va̠sa-ṅka̠rōti̍ । tā̠dṛgē̠va tat । ē̠ṣa tē̍ rudrabhā̠ga ityā̍ha ni̠rava̍tyai । apra̍tīkṣa̠-māya̍nti । a̠paḥ pari̍ṣiñchati । ru̠drasyā̠nta rhi̍tyai । pravā ē̠tē̎-'smā-llō̠kā-chchya̍vantē । yē trya̍baṅkai̠-śchara̍nti । ā̠di̠tya-ñcha̠ru-mpuna̠rētya̠ nirva̍pati । i̠yaṃ vā adi̍tiḥ । a̠syāmē̠va prati̍tiṣṭhanti ॥ 7meaning
He recites the Tryambaka — 'from death may I be freed, not from immortality'; they strew the ground; they wish for the share of Bhaga; having made water they join together.
word by wordवाVaaOr · Just · Nevertheless · As, Like · Or, IndeedवैVaiA particle of affirmation or emphasis · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly, Certainly · Or · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly · A particle of emphasis and affirmation usually means indeed, truly, certainly · A particle of emphasis · Indeed, Truly, Verily; · Indeed, For emphasis · A particle for emphasis and affirmation · For emphasis, Truly, Certainlyकृत्वाKrtvaa[Lord Shiva invoked the Keelaka and pinned it; And] having done [that all this indeed became Auspicious] · Having doneयथाYathaaAsतत्TatThatएषEssaHe · ThisतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeअपःApahWaterयेYeWho · Those who · Those · WhoeverअदितिAditiAditiभागBhaagaPartजनJanaPeopleइयंIyamShe - verse 211ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ प्रतिपूरुषं-विँभाडिति नेत्रत्रया॑य वौ॒षट् ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ pratipūruṣaṃ vibhāḍiti nētratrayā̍ya vau̠ṣaṭ ॥meaning
Om — homage to the blessed Rudra. May the Pratipūruṣa and Vibhāḍi be placed in the three eyes.
word by wordभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudra - verse 2127.6 शत रुद्रीयं (त्वमग्ने रुद्रो-ऽनुवाकः)तै. ब्रा. 3.11.2.1 - तै. ब्रा. 3.11.2.47.6 śata rudrīyaṃ (tvamagnē rudrō-'nuvākaḥ)tai. brā. 3.11.2.1 - tai. brā. 3.11.2.4meaning
Section 7.6: Śata Rudrīya — 'Tvam Agne Rudraḥ' anuvāka.
word by wordशतShataHundredतैTaiYourसतSataGoodness - verse 213त्वम॑ग्ने रु॒द्रो असु॑रो म॒हो दि॒वः । त्वग्ं शर्धो॒ मारु॑त-म्पृ॒क्ष ई॑शिषे ।त्वं-वाँतै॑ररु॒णै र्या॑सि शङ्ग॒यः । त्व-म्पू॒षा वि॑ध॒तः पा॑सि॒ नुत्मनाः᳚ ।देवा॑ दे॒वेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । प्रथ॑मा द्वि॒तीये॑षु श्रयद्ध्वम् ।द्विती॑या-स्तृ॒तीये॑षु श्रयद्ध्वम् । तृती॑या-श्चतु॒र्थेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् ।च॒तु॒र्थाः प॑ञ्च॒मेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । प॒ञ्च॒मा-ष्ष॒ष्ठेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । 1tvama̍gnē ru̠drō asu̍rō ma̠hō di̠vaḥ । tvagṃ śardhō̠ māru̍ta-mpṛ̠kṣa ī̍śiṣē ।tvaṃ vātai̍raru̠ṇai ryā̍si śaṅga̠yaḥ । tva-mpū̠ṣā vi̍dha̠taḥ pā̍si̠ nutmanā̎ḥ ।dēvā̍ dē̠vēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । pratha̍mā dvi̠tīyē̍ṣu śrayaddhvam ।dvitī̍yā-stṛ̠tīyē̍ṣu śrayaddhvam । tṛtī̍yā-śchatu̠rthēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam ।cha̠tu̠rthāḥ pa̍ñcha̠mēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । pa̠ñcha̠mā-ṣṣa̠ṣṭhēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । 1meaning
You, O Agni, are Rudra the mighty lord of heaven; you command the troop of Maruts and their cattle; you travel with the reddish winds as the auspicious one; you guard the devoted ones, O Pūṣan.
word by wordमहोMahoGreatदिवDivaHeavenपासिPaasi[This Universe] You ProtectदेवाDevaaDeva, God · Devaत्वंTvamYou · You (are that Inconceivable great Penance for the cause of Liberation)देवDevaDivineप्रथमPrathamaFirstचतुर्थCaturthaFourth - verse 214ष॒ष्ठा-स्स॑प्त॒मेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । स॒प्त॒मा अ॑ष्ट॒मेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् ।अ॒ष्ट॒मा न॑व॒मेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । न॒व॒मा द॑श॒मेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् ।द॒श॒मा ए॑काद॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । ए॒क॒द॒शा द्वा॑द॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् ।द्वा॒द॒शा-स्त्र॑योद॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । त्र॒यो॒द॒शा-श्च॑तु र्दे॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् ।च॒तु॒र्द॒शाः प॑ञ्चद॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । प॒ञ्च॒द॒शा-ष्षो॑ड॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । 2ṣa̠ṣṭhā-ssa̍pta̠mēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । sa̠pta̠mā a̍ṣṭa̠mēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam ।a̠ṣṭa̠mā na̍va̠mēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । na̠va̠mā da̍śa̠mēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam ।da̠śa̠mā ē̍kāda̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । ē̠ka̠da̠śā dvā̍da̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam ।dvā̠da̠śā-stra̍yōda̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । tra̠yō̠da̠śā-ścha̍tu rdē̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam ।cha̠tu̠rda̠śāḥ pa̍ñchada̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । pa̠ñcha̠da̠śā-ṣṣō̍ḍa̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । 2meaning
The sixth group follows the seventh; the seventh follows the eighth; the eighth follows the ninth; the ninth follows the tenth; the tenth follows the eleventh.
word by wordसप्तमSaptamaSeventhअष्टमAssttamaEighthनवमNavamaNinthचतुर्दशCaturdashaFourteenth - verse 215षो॒ड॒शा-स्स॑प्तद॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । स॒प्त॒द॒शा अ॑ष्टाद॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् ।अ॒ष्टा॒द॒शा ए॑कान्नवि॒ग्ं॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् ।ए॒का॒न्न॒वि॒ग्ं॒शा वि॒ग्ं॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् ।वि॒ग्ं॒शा ए॑कवि॒ग्ं॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् ।ए॒क॒वि॒ग्ं॒शा द्वा॑वि॒ग्ं॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् ।द्वा॒वि॒ग्ं॒शा स्त्र॑योवि॒ग्ं॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् ।त्र॒यो॒वि॒ग्ं॒शा श्च॑तुर्वि॒ग्ं॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । च॒तु॒र्वि॒ग्ं॒शाः प॑ञ्चवि॒ग्ं॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् ।प॒ञ्च॒वि॒ग्ं॒शा-ष्ष॑ड्वि॒ग्ं॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । 3ṣō̠ḍa̠śā-ssa̍ptada̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । sa̠pta̠da̠śā a̍ṣṭāda̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam ।a̠ṣṭā̠da̠śā ē̍kānnavi̠gṃ̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam ।ē̠kā̠nna̠vi̠gṃ̠śā vi̠gṃ̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam ।vi̠gṃ̠śā ē̍kavi̠gṃ̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam ।ē̠ka̠vi̠gṃ̠śā dvā̍vi̠gṃ̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam ।dvā̠vi̠gṃ̠śā stra̍yōvi̠gṃ̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam ।tra̠yō̠vi̠gṃ̠śā ścha̍turvi̠gṃ̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । cha̠tu̠rvi̠gṃ̠śāḥ pa̍ñchavi̠gṃ̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam ।pa̠ñcha̠vi̠gṃ̠śā-ṣṣa̍ḍvi̠gṃ̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । 3meaning
The sixteenth follows the seventeenth; the seventeenth follows the eighteenth; the eighteenth follows the nineteenth; the nineteenth follows the twentieth.
- verse 216ष॒ड्वि॒ग्ं॒शा स्स॑प्तवि॒ग्ं॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । स॒प्त॒वि॒ग्ं॒शा अ॑ष्टावि॒ग्ं॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । अ॒ष्टा॒वि॒ग्ं॒शा ए॑कान्नत्रि॒ग्ं॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । ए॒का॒न्न॒त्रि॒ग्ं॒शा स्त्रि॒ग्ं॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । त्रि॒ग्ं॒शा ए॑कत्रि॒ग्ं॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । ए॒क॒त्रि॒ग्ं॒शा द्वा᳚त्रि॒ग्ं॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । द्वा॒त्रि॒ग्ं॒शा त्र॑यस्त्रि॒ग्ं॒शेषु॑ श्रयद्ध्वम् । देवा᳚स्त्रिरेकादशा॒ स्त्रिस्त्र॑यस्त्रिग्ंशाः । उत्त॑रे भवत । उत्त॑र वर्त्मान॒ उत्त॑र सत्वानः । यत्का॑म इ॒द-ञ्जु॒होमि॑ । तन्मे॒ समृ॑द्ध्यताम् । व॒यग्ग्स्या॑म॒ पत॑यो रयी॒णाम् । भूर्भुव॒स्व॑स्स्वाहा᳚ । 4ṣa̠ḍvi̠gṃ̠śā ssa̍ptavi̠gṃ̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । sa̠pta̠vi̠gṃ̠śā a̍ṣṭāvi̠gṃ̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । a̠ṣṭā̠vi̠gṃ̠śā ē̍kānnatri̠gṃ̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । ē̠kā̠nna̠tri̠gṃ̠śā stri̠gṃ̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । tri̠gṃ̠śā ē̍katri̠gṃ̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । ē̠ka̠tri̠gṃ̠śā dvā̎tri̠gṃ̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । dvā̠tri̠gṃ̠śā tra̍yastri̠gṃ̠śēṣu̍ śrayaddhvam । dēvā̎strirēkādaśā̠ stristra̍yastrigṃśāḥ । utta̍rē bhavata । utta̍ra vartmāna̠ utta̍ra satvānaḥ । yatkā̍ma i̠da-ñju̠hōmi̍ । tanmē̠ samṛ̍ddhyatām । va̠yaggsyā̍ma̠ pata̍yō rayī̠ṇām । bhūrbhuva̠sva̍ssvāhā̎ । 4meaning
The twenty-sixth follows the twenty-seventh; the twenty-seventh follows the twenty-eighth; the twenty-eighth follows the twenty-ninth; the twenty-ninth follows the thirtieth.
word by wordउत्तरUttaraNorth - verse 217ओ-न्नमो भगवते॑ रुद्रा॒य ॥ त्वमग्ने त्वमग्ने शतरुद्रीयमित्यस्त्राय फट् ॥ō-nnamō bhagavatē̍ rudrā̠ya ॥ tvamagnē tvamagnē śatarudrīyamityastrāya phaṭ ॥meaning
Om — homage to the blessed Rudra. The Śata Rudrīya 'Tvam Agne' — placed as the weapon syllable Phaṭ.
word by wordभागवतBhaagavataDevoteeरुद्रRudraRudra - verse 2187.7 पञ्चाङ्ग जपःअथ पञ्चाङ्गजपः ॥7.7 pañchāṅga japaḥatha pañchāṅgajapaḥ ॥meaning
Section 7.7: Five-limb Chanting.
word by wordजपJapaRepeatingअथAthaThen · Indeed, Moreover · Moreover · An auspicious and inceptive particle used in a sentence · An auspicious and inceptive particle - verse 219स॒द्योजा॒त-म्प्र॑पद्या॒मि॒ स॒द्योजा॒ताय॒ वै नमो॒ नमः॑ ।भ॒वे भ॑वे॒ नाति॑भवे भवस्व॒ माम् ।भ॒वोद्भ॑वाय॒ नमः॑ ॥ 1sa̠dyōjā̠ta-mpra̍padyā̠mi̠ sa̠dyōjā̠tāya̠ vai namō̠ nama̍ḥ ।bha̠vē bha̍vē̠ nāti̍bhavē bhavasva̠ mām ।bha̠vōdbha̍vāya̠ nama̍ḥ ॥ 1meaning
I take refuge in the Suddenly-born, homage to the Suddenly-born; in every existence and beyond, be my refuge — homage to the source of existence.
word by wordवैVaiA particle of affirmation or emphasis · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly, Certainly · Or · For emphasis, Indeed, Truly · A particle of emphasis and affirmation usually means indeed, truly, certainly · A particle of emphasis · Indeed, Truly, Verily; · Indeed, For emphasis · A particle for emphasis and affirmation · For emphasis, Truly, CertainlyनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsमाम्MaamMe · My · [May that Truth Protect] MeनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential SalutationभवBhavaComing into Existence, Birth, Production - verse 220वा॒म॒दे॒वाय॒ नमो᳚ ज्ये॒ष्ठाय॒ नमः॑ श्रे॒ष्ठाय॒ नमो॑ रु॒द्राय॒ नमः॒ काला॑य॒ नमः॒ कल॑विकरणाय॒ नमो॒ बल॑विकरणाय॒ नमो॒ बला॑य॒ नमो॒ बल॑प्रमथनाय॒ नम॒-स्सर्व॑भूतदमनाय॒ नमो॑ म॒नोन्म॑नाय॒ नमः॑ ॥ 2vā̠ma̠dē̠vāya̠ namō̎ jyē̠ṣṭhāya̠ nama̍-śśrē̠ṣṭhāya̠ namō̍ ru̠drāya̠ nama̠ḥ kālā̍ya̠ nama̠ḥ kala̍vikaraṇāya̠ namō̠ bala̍vikaraṇāya̠ namō̠ balā̍ya̠ namō̠ bala̍pramathanāya̠ nama̠-ssarva̍bhūtadamanāya̠ namō̍ ma̠nōnma̍nāya̠ nama̍ḥ ॥ 2meaning
Homage to Vāmadeva, to the eldest, the most excellent, to Rudra, to Time, to the dissolver of time, to the dissolver of strength, to Strength, to the crusher of might, to the tamer of all beings, to the one beyond mind.
word by wordनमोNamoSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations · Bow, Reverential Salutation · Salutations · Salutations [to Brahman]नमNamaReverential Salutations · Salutationsज्येष्ठJyesstthaBest, Most Excellent, Eldestरुद्रRudraRudraनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential SalutationकलाKalaaA small part of anything, part of Moon, a division of Time, ArtबालBaalaChild - verse 221अ॒घोरे᳚भ्यो-ऽथ॒ घोरे᳚भ्यो॒ घोर॒घोर॑तरेभ्यः ।सर्वे᳚भ्य-स्सर्व॒शर्वे᳚भ्यो॒ नम॑स्ते अस्तु रु॒द्ररू॑पेभ्यः ॥ 3a̠ghōrē̎bhyō-'tha̠ ghōrē̎bhyō̠ ghōra̠ghōra̍tarēbhyaḥ ।sarvē̎bhya-ssarva̠śarvē̎bhyō̠ nama̍stē astu ru̠drarū̍pēbhyaḥ ॥ 3meaning
To those not fearsome, to those fearsome, and to those most fearsome — to all the forms of Śarva, to all forms of Rudra, be homage.
word by wordनमस्तेNamasteSalutations to You · Reverential Salutations to You · Salutations to You [O Vayu]अस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it so - verse 222तत्पुरु॑षाय वि॒द्महे॑ महादे॒वाय॑ धीमहि ।तन्नो॑ रुद्रः प्रचो॒दया᳚त् ॥ 4tatpuru̍ṣāya vi̠dmahē̍ mahādē̠vāya̍ dhīmahi ।tannō̍ rudraḥ prachō̠dayā̎t ॥ 4meaning
We know Tatpuruṣa, we meditate on Mahādeva; may Rudra impel our thoughts.
word by wordविद्महेVidmaheWe KnowधीमहिDhiimahiLet us Meditate · [I] Meditateतन्नोTan-No[May] that [Fire of Durga awaken] our [Consciousness] · May that [Danti awaken] usरुद्रःRudrahSri Shivaप्रचोदयात्Pracodayaat[May that Fire of Durga] awaken [our Consciousness] · May it Inspire · Enlighten, Impel, AwakenमहादेवMahaadevaMahadeva - verse 223ईशान-स्सर्व॑विद्या॒ना॒मीश्वर-स्सर्व॑भूता॒नां॒ब्रह्माधि॑पति॒र्ब्रह्म॒णो-ऽधि॑पति॒र्ब्रह्मा॑ शि॒वो मे॑ अस्तु सदाशि॒वोम् ॥ 5īśāna-ssarva̍vidyā̠nā̠mīśvara-ssarva̍bhūtā̠nā̠ṃbrahmādhi̍pati̠rbrahma̠ṇō-'dhi̍pati̠rbrahmā̍ śi̠vō mē̍ astu sadāśi̠vōm ॥ 5meaning
Īśāna, lord of all knowledge, lord of all beings, sovereign of Brahman, master of Brahmā — may the eternal Śiva be my auspicious one.
word by wordशिवोShivoShivaमेMeTo me, of me · To me · Relates to Me · My · Please bestow Your Auspicious Blessings [on me] · (Please Make) my (undertakings Free of Obstacles) · Mine · of me, to meअस्तुAstuLet it Be, Be it so - verse 2247.8 अष्टाङ्ग प्रणामःहि॒र॒ण्य॒ग॒र्भ-स्सम॑वर्त॒-ताग्रे॑ भू॒तस्य॑ जा॒तः पति॒रेक॑ आसीत् ।सदा॑धार पृथि॒वी-न्द्यामु॒तेमा-ङ्कस्मै॑ दे॒वाय॑ ह॒विषा॑ विधेम ॥उरसा नमः ॥ 1 (तै. सं. 4.1.8.3)7.8 aṣṭāṅga praṇāmaḥhi̠ra̠ṇya̠ga̠rbha-ssama̍varta̠-tāgrē̍ bhū̠tasya̍ jā̠taḥ pati̠rēka̍ āsīt ।sadā̍dhāra pṛthi̠vī-ndyāmu̠tēmā-ṅkasmai̍ dē̠vāya̍ ha̠viṣā̍ vidhēma ॥urasā namaḥ ॥ 1 (tai. saṃ. 4.1.8.3)meaning
Section 7.8: Eight-limbed Prostration. Hiraṇyagarbha arose at the beginning, the one lord of all that was born; he upheld heaven and earth — to that god we offer oblation.
word by wordजातJaataBorn ofदेवायDevaaya[Salutations to the] Divinity · to the LordनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsतैTaiYourसःSahHeभूतBhuutaWellbeing, ProsperityजातःJaatah[Will not gain] take BirthनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutationसम्SamTogether with - verse 225यः प्रा॑ण॒तो नि॑मिष॒तो म॑हि॒त्वैक॒ इद्राजा॒ जग॑तो ब॒भूव॑ ।य ईशे॑ अ॒स्य द्वि॒पद॒-श्चतु॑ष्पदः॒ कस्मै॑ दे॒वाय॑ ह॒विषा॑ विधेम ॥शिरसा नमः ॥ 2 (तै. सं. 4.1.8.4)yaḥ prā̍ṇa̠tō ni̍miṣa̠tō ma̍hi̠tvaika̠ idrājā̠ jaga̍tō ba̠bhūva̍ ।ya īśē̍ a̠sya dvi̠pada̠-śchatu̍ṣpada̠ḥ kasmai̍ dē̠vāya̍ ha̠viṣā̍ vidhēma ॥śirasā namaḥ ॥ 2 (tai. saṃ. 4.1.8.4)meaning
He who is great by the single greatness of his majesty, the one king of what breathes and blinks — to that god we offer oblation. [Homage with the head.]
word by wordयःYahHe Whoअस्यAsyaOf thisदेवायDevaaya[Salutations to the] Divinity · to the LordशिरसाShirasaa[Who is to be Saluted] by bowing the Head · By [bowing the] Head · On the Head · [I reverentially bow down] my Head [to Shambhu] · Foremost · [Bowing my] HeadनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsतैTaiYourसःSahHeयाYaaTo go towardsनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutationसम्SamTogether with - verse 226ब्रह्म॑जज्ञा॒न-म्प्र॑थ॒म-म्पु॒रस्ता॒-द्विसी॑म॒त-स्सु॒रुचो॑ वे॒न आ॑वः ।स बु॒ध्निया॑ उप॒मा अ॑स्य वि॒ष्ठा-स्स॒तश्च॒ योनि॒म-स॑तश्च॒ विवः॑ । (दृष्या नमः । 3 (तै. सं. 4.2.8.2.)brahma̍jajñā̠na-mpra̍tha̠ma-mpu̠rastā̠-dvisī̍ma̠ta-ssu̠ruchō̍ vē̠na ā̍vaḥ ।sa bu̠dhniyā̍ upa̠mā a̍sya vi̠ṣṭhā-ssa̠taścha̠ yōni̠ma-sa̍taścha̠ viva̍ḥ । (dṛṣyā namaḥ । 3 (tai. saṃ. 4.2.8.2.)meaning
Brahman-knowledge, the first-born, shone forth from the eastern summit; the divine seer revealed it — the foundation and womb of both being and non-being.
word by wordसःSahHeउपमाUpamaaComparison, Resemblance, Simileअस्यAsyaOf thisनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsतैTaiYourअवAvaA prefixसाSaaSheउपमUpamaLike, SimilarनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutationसम्SamTogether with - verse 227म॒ही द्यौः पृ॑थि॒वी च॑ न इ॒मं-यँ॒ज्ञ-म्मि॑मिक्षताम् ।पि॒पृ॒तान्नो॒ भरी॑मभिः ।मनसा नमः ॥ 4 (तै. सं. 3.3.10.2)ma̠hī dyauḥ pṛ̍thi̠vī cha̍ na i̠maṃ ya̠jña-mmi̍mikṣatām ।pi̠pṛ̠tānnō̠ bharī̍mabhiḥ ।manasā namaḥ ॥ 4 (tai. saṃ. 3.3.10.2)meaning
May the great heaven and earth together swell this sacrifice for us; nourish us with full abundance. [Homage with the mind.]
word by wordमहीMahiithe Great World, the Earthद्यौःDyauh[Peace is in] Sky or HeavenपृथिवीPrthiviiEarth, WorldचCaAnd, sometimes used only for emphasis or gap-filling · for emphasis · And, sometimes used for emphasis · And · And, Also, Sometimes for emphasis or gap-fillings · Indeed · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also · For emphasis or gap-filling · And, Also, For emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis · Also · And, Also, Moreover · And, for emphasis · And, Also, sometimes for emphasis or gap-flilling · Moreover, Also · And, sometimes for emphasis or gap-filling · And, As Well as · Gap-filling or emphasis · And, for gap-filling · And, Also, sometimes for gap-filling · And, sometimes for emphasis · And, sometimes used for filling gapsनःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurमनसाManasaain my Mind · With MindनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsतैTaiYourसःSahHeनNaNot · Us, Our · [There are] no [Mantras or Medicine available, even a trace which can accomplish Uccatana etc.] · Us, of us, to us · The letter Nna · Not, Us · Not, No, Nor, NeitherइमंImamThisनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutationसम्SamTogether with - verse 228उप॑श्वासय पृथि॒वी-मु॒त द्या-म्पु॑रु॒त्रा ते॑ मनुतां॒-विँष्ठि॑त॒-ञ्जग॑त् ।स दु॑न्दुभे स॒जूरिन्द्रे॑ण दे॒वै-र्दू॒राद्दवी॑यो॒ अप॑सेध॒ शत्रून्॑ ।वचसा नमः ॥ 5 (तै. सं. 4.6.6.6)upa̍śvāsaya pṛthi̠vī-mu̠ta dyā-mpu̍ru̠trā tē̍ manutā̠ṃ viṣṭhi̍ta̠-ñjaga̍t ।sa du̍ndubhē sa̠jūrindrē̍ṇa dē̠vai-rdū̠rāddavī̍yō̠ apa̍sēdha̠ śatrūn̍ ।vachasā namaḥ ॥ 5 (tai. saṃ. 4.6.6.6)meaning
You fill the earth and heaven; your resolve extends everywhere through the world; with Indra and the gods, O war-drum, drive the enemies far away. [Homage with the voice.]
word by wordतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · HeसःSahHeवचसाVacasaaOf SpeechनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsतैTaiYourसाSaaSheनमःNamahSalutations · Reverential Salutations · I offer my Salutations [to Shiva and Shakti] · Salutations, Obeisance · Bow, Obeisance, Reverential Salutationसम्SamTogether with - verse 229अग्ने॒ नय॑ सु॒पथा॑ रा॒ये अ॒स्मान् विश्वा॑नि देव व॒युना॑नि वि॒द्वान् ।यु॒यो॒द्ध्य॑स्म-ज्जु॑हुरा॒ण-मेनो॒ भूयि॑ष्ठान्ते॒ नम॑ उक्तिं-विँधेम ॥पध्भ्या-न्नमः ॥ 6 (तै. सं. 1.1.14.3)agnē̠ naya̍ su̠pathā̍ rā̠yē a̠smān viśvā̍ni dēva va̠yunā̍ni vi̠dvān ।yu̠yō̠ddhya̍sma-jju̍hurā̠ṇa-mēnō̠ bhūyi̍ṣṭhāntē̠ nama̍ uktiṃ vidhēma ॥padhbhyā-nnamaḥ ॥ 6 (tai. saṃ. 1.1.14.3)meaning
O Agni, lead us by the right path for prosperity; O god, you know all actions; ward off from us the crooked sin — we offer many homages to you. [Homage with the feet.]
word by wordअग्नेAgneO Agni [Fire of Durga]अस्मान्AsmaanUsविश्वानिVishvaaniWorldsदेवDevaDivineविद्वान्VidvaanLearned and WiseनमNamaReverential Salutations · SalutationsतैTaiYourसःSahHeनामNaamaNameउक्तिUktiSpeech, Proclamation, Word, Expressionसम्SamTogether with - verse 230या ते॑ अग्ने॒ रुद्रि॑या त॒नूस्तया॑ नः पाहि॒ तस्या᳚स्ते॒ स्वाहा᳚ ।या ते॑ अग्ने-ऽयाश॒या र॑जाश॒या ह॑राश॒या त॒नूर्वर्षि॑ष्ठा गह्वरे॒ष्ठोग्रं-वँचो॒ अपा॑वधी-न्त्वे॒षं-वँचो॒ अपा॑वधी॒ग्ं॒ स्वाहा᳚ ॥कराभ्या-न्नमः ॥ 7 (तै. सं. 1.2.11.2)yā tē̍ agnē̠ rudri̍yā ta̠nūstayā̍ naḥ pāhi̠ tasyā̎stē̠ svāhā̎ ।yā tē̍ agnē-'yāśa̠yā ra̍jāśa̠yā ha̍rāśa̠yā ta̠nūrvarṣi̍ṣṭhā gahvarē̠ṣṭhōgraṃ vachō̠ apā̍vadhī-ntvē̠ṣaṃ vachō̠ apā̍vadhī̠g̠ṃ svāhā̎ ॥karābhyā-nnamaḥ ॥ 7 (tai. saṃ. 1.2.11.2)meaning
O Agni, your form that is that of Rudra — with it protect us; your mightiest form that dwells in the cave — may that fierce utterance protect us.
word by wordयाYaaTo go towardsतेTeto You · That · of You · Your · To You, of You · You · They · Heअग्नेAgneO Agni [Fire of Durga]नःNahUs · (Please come) to us · us, of us, to us · Us, OurपाहिPaahiProtect · Please Protect · You Please Protect (the People always) · Please Protect Meस्वाहाSvaahaaWho is the final receiver of the Sacrificial Oblations to Gods · Sacrificial Oblation to Gods · Swaha, mantra uttered in the sacrifice for the gods · Swaha, Sacrificial oblations to the godsतैTaiYourसःSahHeसम्SamTogether with - verse 231इ॒मं-यँ॑मप्रस्त॒रमाहि सीदाङ्गि॑रोभिः पि॒तृभिः॑ संविँदा॒नः ।आत्वा॒ मन्त्राः॑ कविश॒स्ता व॑हन्त्वे॒ना रा॑जन् ह॒विषा॑ मादयस्व ॥कर्णाभ्या-न्नमः ॥ 8 (तै. सं. 2.6.12.6)i̠maṃ ya̍maprasta̠ramāhi sīdāṅgi̍rōbhiḥ pi̠tṛbhi̍-ssaṃvidā̠naḥ ।ātvā̠ mantrā̍ḥ kaviśa̠stā va̍hantvē̠nā rā̍jan ha̠viṣā̍ mādayasva ॥karṇābhyā-nnamaḥ ॥ 8 (tai. saṃ. 2.6.12.6)meaning
Come, sit down on this seat of Yama with the Aṅgirasas and the fathers in agreement; may the mantra-recitations of seers bring you here — O King, rejoice in this oblation. [Homage with both ears.]
word by wordतैTaiYourसःSahHeइमंImamThisमन्त्रMantraa Mantra, a Vedic Hymn, a Prayer or Song of Praiseसम्SamTogether with - verse 232उरसा शिरसा दृष्ट्या मन॑सा वचसा त॒था ।पद्भ्या-ङ्कराभ्या-ङ्कर्णाभ्या-म्प्रणामो-ऽष्टाङ्ग॑ उच्यते ॥urasā śirasā dṛṣṭyā mana̍sā vachasā ta̠thā ।padbhyā-ṅkarābhyā-ṅkarṇābhyā-mpraṇāmō-'ṣṭāṅga̍ uchyatē ॥meaning
With chest, with head, with gaze, with mind, with speech, with feet, with hands, and with ears — this is declared to be the eight-limbed prostration.
word by wordशिरसाShirasaa[Who is to be Saluted] by bowing the Head · By [bowing the] Head · On the Head · [I reverentially bow down] my Head [to Shambhu] · Foremost · [Bowing my] Headदृष्ट्याDrssttyaaBy Her GlanceमनसाManasaain my Mind · With MindवचसाVacasaaOf SpeechतथाTathaaSo Also, in like mannerउच्यतेUcyateCalled · Said - verse 233उमामहेश्वराभ्या-न्नमः ॥umāmahēśvarābhyā-nnamaḥ ॥meaning
Homage to Umā and Maheśvara together.
Primary text from vignanam.org